EIA KNNL Athani Belgavi 10012017

KARNATAKA NEERAVARI NIGAM LIMITED
(A Government of Karnataka Enterprise)
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

OF
BASAVESHWARA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME
BELAGAVI DISTRICT, KARNATAKA
Project by Consultants
Chief Engineer Environmental Health & Safety
Irrigation North Zone, Consultants Pvt. Ltd
Karnataka Neeravari Nigama Ltd., Bangalore, Karnataka.
Belagavi, Karnataka (accredited by QCI-NABET)
NOVEMBER 2016
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
OF
at
BELAGAVI DISTRICT, KARNATAKA
Project By
Chief Engineer
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd
Irrigation North Zone
Club Road, Belagavi - 590 001
Karnataka
Consultants
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANTS PVT LTD

# 13/2, 1ST MAIN ROAD, NEAR FIRE STATION, INDUSTRIAL TOWN,
RAJAJINAGAR,BENGALURU-560 010,
QCI NO. 51 REV.47 NOVEMBER 7, 2016
DOCUMENT NO. EHSC/KNNL/BLIS
NOVEMBER 2016
1
Cover page (front) photo: http://muxinternational.com/category/crops/, http://www.agrifarming.in/jowar-farming/
Basaveshwara Lift Irrigation Scheme in Draft EIA Report
Belagavi District, Karnataka
REVISION RECORD
Rev. No Date Purpose

EHSC/01 11-11-2016 Issued as Draft EIA Report for Comments and
Suggestions
EHSC/02 14-11-2016 Issued as Draft EIA report to KSPCB for conducting
Environmental Public Consultation
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd ii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd iii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd iv EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd v EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd vi EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

ABBREVIATIONS
AIS & LUS All India Soil and Land Use Survey
APHA American Public Health Association
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BLIS Basaveshwara Lift Irrigation Scheme
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BPL Below Poverty Line
BSI Botanical Survey of India
CA Compensatory Afforestation
CAD Command Area Development Plan
CADA Command Area Development Authority
CAT Catchment Area Treatment
CGWB Central Ground Water Board
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CWC Central Water Commission
DAP Diammonium phosphate
dB(A) Decibels - A scale rating
DC Deputy Commissioner
DDP Dry land Development Programme
DG Diesel Generator
DPAP Drought Prone Area Programme
DRSM Dry rubble stone masonry
DWL Depth to Water Level
E-FLOW Environmental/ecological flow
EIA Environment Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EPA Environment Protection Agency
EPH Environmental Public Hearing
ERDAS Earth Resources Data Analysis System
GBDP Green Belt Development Plan
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GEM Ground Water Estimation Committee methodology
GIS Geographical Information System
GOI Govt. of India
GOK Government of Karnataka
Ha Hectare
HESCOM Hubli Electricity Supply Company
IMD Indian Meteorological Dept.,
IRS Indian Remote Sensing satellites
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Natural Resources
IWDP Integrated Watershed Development Programme
KFD Karnataka Forest Dept.,
KNNL Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd
KPTCL Karnataka Power Transmission Corporation Ltd
KSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control Board
KSRSAC Karnataka State Remote Sensing Application Centre
KWDT Krishna Water Dispute Tribunal
K Kelvin
LA Land Acquisition
LISS Linear Imaging Self-Scanning
M.CUM Million Cubic Meter
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd vii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
MOEF Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

INZ Irrigation North Zone
NAAQ National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NBSS&LU National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use
NDMA National Disaster Management Authority
NGO Non Governmental Organisation
NIDM National Institute for Disaster Management
NTFP Non Timber Forest Produce
NWDPRA National Watershed Development Project for Rainfed Areas
OFD On-farm Development Works
PAF Project Affected Family
PAP Project Affected Person
PDO Panchayath Development Officer
PDS Public Distribution System
PHC Public Health Centre
PLDB Primary Land Development Bank
PM Particulate Matter
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PWD Public Works Dept.
R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement
RET Rare, Endangered and Threatened
RF Reserve Forests
RFCTLARR Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,
Rehabilitation and Resettlement
RL Reduced Level
SC Scheduled Caste
SHG Self Help Group
SOI Survey of India
RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
ST Scheduled Tribe
TMC Thousand Million Cubic Feet
TOR Terms of Reference
WL(P)A Wildlife (Protection) Act
WRD Water Resource Dept.,
WUA Water Users Association
ZSI Zoological Survey of India
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd viii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction ............................................................................................... 1.1

1.1 Project Proponent.............................................................................................. 1.1
1.2 Brief Description of the Project and its Importance to the Region .......................... 1.2
1.3 Need for the Study ............................................................................................ 1.2
1.4 Scope of the EIA ............................................................................................... 1.2
1.5 Components of EIA........................................................................................... .1.3
1.6 Approach and Methodology ................................................................................ 1.3
Chapter 2. Project Description ..................................................................................... 2.4
2.1 Need for the project .......................................................................................... 2.4
2.1.1 Agro – climatic zones................................................................................... 2.4
2.1.2 Hydrology ................................................................................................... 2.4
2.1.3 The Krishna River and Interstate aspects ...................................................... 2.4
2.1.4 Erratic droughts in command area ................................................................ 2.5
2.1.5 Left out area of existing irrigation schemes ................................................... 2.5
2.2 Present proposal ............................................................................................... 2.5
2.2.1 Water availability ........................................................................................ 2.9
2.2.2 Environmental flow ..................................................................................... 2.9
2.2.3 Existing cropping pattern ............................................................................. 2.9
2.2.4 Proposed cropping pattern ..........................................................................2.10
2.2.5 Crop water requirement..............................................................................2.10
2.2.6 Command area ..........................................................................................2.10
2.2.6 Irrigation planning......................................................................................2.11
2.2.6.1 Intake Canal ........................................................................................2.12
2.2.6.2 Lift arranegements ...............................................................................2.12
2.2.7 Natural Catastrophes in command area........................................................2.13
2.2.7.1 Floods .................................................................................................2.13
2.2.7.2 Earthquake ..........................................................................................2.13
2.2.7.3 Landslides ...........................................................................................2.13
2.2.8 Land Requirement ......................................................................................2.13
2.2.9 Benefit cost ratio ........................................................................................2.13
Chapter 3.Baseline Environment Scenario ..................................................................... 3.1
3.1 Study area ........................................................................................................ 3.1
3.2 Physical Environment ......................................................................................... 3.1
3.2.1 Topography ................................................................................................ 3.1
3.2.2 Climate & Meteorology ................................................................................ 3.1
3.2.3 Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................................... 3.5
3.2.3.1Results of Ambient Air Quality ................................................................. 3.5
3.2.4 Ambient Noise Levels .................................................................................. 3.9
3.2.4.1Results of Ambient Noise Levels .............................................................. 3.9
3.2.5 Hydrology, Geology and Minerals ................................................................3.13
3.2.5.1 Drainage .............................................................................................3.14
3.2.5.2 Geology ..............................................................................................3.14
3.2.5.3 Structure .............................................................................................3.14
3.2.5.4 Geomorphology ...................................................................................3.14
3.2.5.5 Mineral Resources ................................................................................3.14
3.2.5.6 Hydrology, Rainfall and Climate ............................................................3.14
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd ix EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

3.2.5.7 Hydrogeology ......................................................................................3.15

3.2.5.8 Hydrological surveys ............................................................................3.15
3.2.5.9 Depth to Water Level ...........................................................................3.15
3.2.5.10 Water Table Elevation ........................................................................3.15
3.2.5.11 Water quality .....................................................................................3.21
3.2.5.12 Ground Water Resources ....................................................................3.24
3.2.6 Surface and Ground Water Quality ..............................................................3.24
3.2.6.1 Surface and Ground Water Quality Results .............................................3.26
3.2.7 Soil Characteristics .....................................................................................3.26
3.2.7.1 Study area ..........................................................................................3.28
3.2.7.2 Soil types in the study area...................................................................3.28
3.2.7.3 Crops and cropping pattern ..................................................................3.28
3.2.7.4 Soil status ...........................................................................................3.29
3.2.7.5 Scope and Methodolgy .........................................................................3.29
3.2.7.5 Results of soil quality analysis ...............................................................3.32
3.3 Land use assessment of study area....................................................................3.40
3.3.1 Approach and Methods ...............................................................................3.40
3.3.2 Results and Observations ............................................................................3.41
3.3.2.1 Project location and Extent ...................................................................3.41
3.3.2.2 Land Use and Land Cover .....................................................................3.41
3.3.2.3 Soil type and Erosion classification ........................................................3.43
3.3.2.4 Drainage and Watershed ......................................................................3.43
3.3.2.5 Drainage and Watershed ......................................................................3.43
3.4 Biological Environment ......................................................................................3.47
3.4.1 Ecology and Biodiversity of the region .........................................................3.47
3.4.2 Approach and Methodology.........................................................................3.49
3.4.2.1 Approach ............................................................................................3.49
3.4.2.2 Methodology........................................................................................3.49
3.4.2.3 Screening secondary literature ..............................................................3.49
3.4.3 Observations and Discussion .......................................................................3.49
3.4.3.1 Overview of Forest types of the Study Area ...........................................3.49
3.4.3.2 Bio-diversity Aspects of Flora in the Study Area ......................................3.50
3.4.3.3Biodiversity Aspects of Fauna in the Study Area ......................................3.50
3.5 Aquatic Environment.........................................................................................3.51
3.5.1 Krishna River .............................................................................................3.51
3.5.2 Methodology .................................................................................................3.51
3.5.2.1 Hydrobiological studies .........................................................................3.51
3.5.2.2 Biological Parameters ...........................................................................3.51
3.5.3 Results and Discussions ..............................................................................3.52
3.5.3.1 Krishna River Water Quality and its importance ......................................3.52
3.5.3.2 Planktons ............................................................................................3.54
3.5.3.3 Littoral Fauna ......................................................................................3.55
3.5.3.4 Summary ............................................................................................3.55
Chapter 4. Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures .................................................4.60
4.1 Impacts during construction phase ....................................................................4.60
4.1.1 Air Environment .........................................................................................4.60
4.1.1.1 Sources of air pollution .........................................................................4.60
4.1.1.2 Mitigation measures .............................................................................4.60
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd x EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

4.1.2 Noise Environment .....................................................................................4.10

4.1.2.1 Sources of noise pollution .....................................................................4.10
4.1.2.2 Roadway Construction Noise Model (RCNM)...........................................4.10
4.1.2.3 Mitigation Measures .............................................................................4.10
4.1.2.4 Vibration .............................................................................................4.11
4.1.3 Water Environment ....................................................................................4.11
4.1.3.1 Sources of water pollution ....................................................................4.11
4.1.4 Soil Environment ........................................................................................4.12
4.1.4.1 Estimation of Soil Loss..........................................................................4.12
4.1.5 Land use assessment .................................................................................4.17
4.1.5.1 Anticipated impacts ..............................................................................4.17
4.1.5.1.1 Impacts on the natural drainage system and soil erosion .....................4.17
4.1.5.1.2 Loss of productive soil and impact on natural drainage system .............4.17
4.1.6 Solid & Hazardous Environment ..................................................................4.19
4.1.6.1 Sources of pollution .............................................................................4.19
4.1.7 Impact on Hydrology & Geology ..................................................................4.19
4.1.7.1 Geological Environment ........................................................................4.19
4.1.7.2 Water Environment ..............................................................................4.19
4.1.7.2.1 Changes in surface and Groundwater quality .......................................4.19
4.1.7.3 Seismic Tectonics .................................................................................4.19
4.1.7.4Major impact on Groundwater ................................................................4.20
4.1.8 Impact on Biological Environment................................................................4.20
4.1.8.1 Predicted project impacts on Flora and Fauna ........................................4.20
4.2 Impacts during Operation phase ........................................................................4.22
4.2.1 Application of fertilizers and pesticides .....................................................4.22
4.2.2 Mitigation measures ...................................................................................4.22
4.3 Evaluation of Impacts .......................................................................................4.23
Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives ............................................................................... 5.1
Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Program .............................................................. 6.1
Chapter 7. Additional Studies....................................................................................... 7.1
7.1 Social Impact Assessment .................................................................................. 7.1
7.2 Need for Social Impact Assessment .................................................................... 7.1
7.3 Villages affected due to the project ..................................................................... 7.1
7.4 Brief history of the districts ................................................................................ 7.1
7.4.1 BelagaviDistrict ........................................................................................... 7.1
7.4.1.1 Highlights – 2011 census ....................................................................... 7.2
7.5 Description of Socio Economic Environment......................................................... 7.2
7.5.1 Demographic profile of the project villages .................................................... 7.2
7.5.1.1 Area and Number of Households ............................................................ 7.2
7.5.1.2 Population details ................................................................................. 7.3
7.5.1.3 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population .................................... 7.5
7.5.1.4 Literacy status ...................................................................................... 7.6
7.5.1.6 Occupational status............................................................................... 7.7
7.6 Land form, Land use and land ownership ...........................................................7.10
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xi EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

7.6.1 Impact of Land Acquisition..........................................................................7.10

7.9 Consultations with the PAPs ..............................................................................7.11
7.10 Demographic profile of the project affected Persons ..........................................7.11
7.10.1 Age categories .........................................................................................7.12
7.10.2 Educational Status ....................................................................................7.12
7.10.3 Occupational pattern of PAPs ....................................................................7.12
7.10.3 Income groups .........................................................................................7.13
7.11Religion and Caste ...........................................................................................7.13
7.12 Land requirement of the project ......................................................................7.14
7.13 Land Acquisition Process & R and R Plan ..........................................................7.16
7.13.1 Land acquisition process ...........................................................................7.16
7.13.2 Cost Estimation ........................................................................................7.16
7.14 Valuation of other immovable Properties ..........................................................7.17
7.13 Land acquisition of the project and rough cost estimates ...................................7.18
7.15 Eligibility criteria for the Project affected/displaced ............................................7.19
7.16 Land value fixation .........................................................................................7.19
7.17 Risk and Hazard associated with the project .....................................................7.20
7.17.1 Accident hazards ......................................................................................7.20
7.17.2 Slip, Trip or Fall on the level ......................................................................7.20
7.17.3 Injury caused by falling objects .................................................................7.21
7.17.4 Physical Hazard ........................................................................................7.21
7.17.5 Chemical Hazard ......................................................................................7.21
7.17.6 Biological Hazard ......................................................................................7.21
7.17.7 Ergonomic, Psychosocial and Organizational factors ....................................7.21
7.17.8 Preventive measures ................................................................................7.21
7.17.9 Excavation Specific Hazards ......................................................................7.22
7.17.9.1 Danger of Trenching and Excavation ...................................................7.22
7.17.9.2 Protective Systems .............................................................................7.22
7.17.9.3 Competent Person/Safety Engineer .....................................................7.22
7.17.9.4 Access and Egress ..............................................................................7.22
7.17.10 General Trenching and Excavation Rules ..................................................7.22
7.17.11 Hazard specific to construction activity .....................................................7.22
7.17.12 Nature of occupation injuries in construction ............................................7.23
7.17.12.1 Physical injuries and fatalities ............................................................7.23
7.17.12.2 Health damages in construction.........................................................7.23
7.17.13 Work of Height Hazards ..........................................................................7.24
7.17.14 Construction machinery and tools hazards ................................................7.25
Chapter 8. Project Benefits .......................................................................................... 8.1
Chapter 9. Environment Management Plan ................................................................... 9.1
9.1 Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plan................................................................ 9.6
9.1.1 Cost Estimates as per Soil conservation treatments suggested ........................ 9.8
9.1.2 Reclamation of salt affected soils .................................................................. 9.8
9.1.2.1 Management of saline and sodic soils ..................................................... 9.8
9.2 Command area development plan....................................................................... 9.9
9.2.1 Water Users’ Association (WUA) ................................................................... 9.9
9.3 Green belt development plan/afforestation .........................................................9.10
9.3.1 Plan for conservation of RET species ...........................................................9.10
9.3.2 Agro forestry activities in command area .....................................................9.11
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
9.3.3 Species for green belt and Agro forestry development ..................................9.11
9.4 Fisheries Development Plan...............................................................................9.12
9.4.1 A matter of concern ...................................................................................9.12
9.4.2 Prevention of flow of domestic, municipal and industrial sewage into the Krishna
River .................................................................................................................9.13
9.4.3 Overfishing problems..................................................................................9.13
9.5 Muck Disposal plan ...........................................................................................9.14
9.6 Ground Water Management Plan .......................................................................9.14
9.7 Public Health Delivery plan ................................................................................9.15
9.8 Sanitary and Solid Waste Management Plan .......................................................9.15
9.9 Plan for Restoration of Quarry sites ...................................................................9.15
9.10 Cost for implementing EMP .............................................................................9.15
Chapter 10. Summary and Conclusion .........................................................................10.1
Chapter 11.Disclosure of Consultants ..........................................................................11.1
Chapter 12. Compliance to Terms of Reference ...........................................................12.1
Chapter 13. Photographs ...........................................................................................13.1
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xiii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2.1Drought details project command area Taluks ................................................. 2.5
Table 2.2 Salient Features of the project ...................................................................... 2.8
Table 2.3 Water yield calculations for the period from 1983-84 to 2008-09 ..................... 2.9
Table 2.4 Existing cropping pattern in the command area .............................................2.10
Table 2.5Proposed cropping pattern............................................................................2.10
Table 2.6 Crop water requirement ..............................................................................2.10
Table 2.7 List of benefitting villages, Athani taluk, Belagavi District ...............................2.10
Table 2.8 Technical details of the project ....................................................................2.11
Table 2.9 Benefit-cost ratio for BLIS............................................................................2.14
Table 3.1 Meteorological data collected at site for the study period ................................ 3.2
Table 3.2 Details of AAQM parameters with analysis methodology.................................. 3.5
Table 3.3 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations .......................................... 3.5
Table 3.4 Results of Particulate Matter (PM10) ............................................................... 3.7
Table 3.5 Results of Particulate Matter (PM2.5) .............................................................. 3.7
Table 3.6 Results of Sulphur di-oxide (SO2) .................................................................. 3.8
Table 3.7 Results of Nitrogen di-oxide (NO2) ................................................................ 3.8
Table 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Index for dust ................................................................ 3.9
Table 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Index for gases .............................................................. 3.9
Table 3.10 Details of Noise Level Monitoring ................................................................. 3.9
Table 3.11 Details of Noise Level Monitoring locations ................................................... 3.9
Table 3.12 Results of Ambient Noise levels ..................................................................3.11
Table 3.13 Geological succession of the study area ......................................................3.14
Table 3.14 Details of Water sampling locations ............................................................3.21
Table 3.15Status of ground water development ...........................................................3.24
Table 3.16 Details of Water sampling locations ............................................................3.25
Table3.17 Details of soil sampling locations .................................................................3.29
Table 3.18 Rating Chart for Soil Test values and their Nutrient Indices ..........................3.39
Table 3.19Land use and Land cover data of study area ................................................3.41
Table 3.20 Soil texture of study area...........................................................................3.41
Table 3.21 Slope pattern of study area........................................................................3.43
Table 3.22 List of plant species as under IUCN/Red Data Book category ........................3.50
Table 4.1 Noise levels of common construction equipments ..........................................4.10
Table 4.2 Sub catchment/Watershed and codification of study area ..............................4.14
Table 4.3 Watershed Details of Basaveswara LIS, Athani Taluk; Belagavi District ...........4.15
Table 4.4 Estimation of soil loss in Watersheds ............................................................4.15
Table 4.5 Proposed Fertilizers and Pesticides for BLIS command area ............................4.22
Table 4.6 Criteria for evaluation of impacts..................................................................4.23
Table 4.7 Evaluation of Impacts..................................................................................4.24
Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program for Construction phase ............................. 6.1
Table 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Program for Operation phase (3 years) ................... 6.3
Table 7.1 Details of project impacted villages ............................................................... 7.1
Table 7.2 Details of the project villages ........................................................................ 7.3
Table 7.3 Population and sex ratio of the project impacted villages ................................ 7.3
Table 7.4 Population and sex ratio among under 6 children ........................................... 7.4
Table 7.5 SC population in project villages.................................................................... 7.5
Table 7.6 ST population in project villages.................................................................... 7.5
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xiv EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
Table 7.7Literacy status of the people in project villages ............................................... 7.6

Table 7.8 Work participation rate of men and women ................................................... 7.7
Table 7.9 Work participation rate of Main and Marginal workers ..................................... 7.8
Table 7.10 Work participation rate of Main and Marginal workers ................................... 7.9
Table 7.11 Male and Female members among PAPs (As per field survey) ......................7.11
Table 7.12 Title holders, PAPs and Land impacted .......................................................7.14
Table 7.13 Land requirement for project .....................................................................7.15
Table 7.14 Cost Estimate of Land ...............................................................................7.16
Table 7.15 Compensation matrix ................................................................................7.18
Table 7.16 Cost Estimates of land ...............................................................................7.20
Table 7.17 Emergency contact numbers ......................................................................7.26
Table 7.18 Emergency contact number of KNNL ..........................................................7.26
Table 8.1 Crop yield details before the advent of irrigation ............................................ 8.2
Table 8.2 Crop yield details after the advent of irrigation ............................................... 8.2
Table 9.1 Environment Management Plan ..................................................................... 9.1
Table 9.2 Specifications for Gully Plugs ........................................................................ 9.6
Table 9.3 Soil conservation Measures and Practices Recommended for the Krishna River at
Basaveswara LIS Catchment Area ................................................................ 9.7
Table 9.4 Year wise cost estimates for soil conservation practices .................................. 9.8
Table 9.5 Area and Cost Estimate for Catchment Area Treatment................................... 9.8
Table 9.7 Green belt developments Plan around intake canal and jack well ....................9.11
Table 9.8 Species recommended for plantation ............................................................9.11
Table 9.9 Muck disposal plan ......................................................................................9.14
Table 9.10 Cost for implementing EMP ........................................................................9.15
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xv EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

LIST OF FIGURES
Fig 2.1 Location map of BLIS on SoI toposheet ............................................................. 2.6

Fig 2.2 Google view of lift point and Krishna River......................................................... 2.7
Fig 2.3 Schematic diagram of BLIS............................................................................... 2.8
Fig 2.5 Command area photographs ...........................................................................2.11
Fig 3.1 Wind rose diagram for the study period ............................................................ 3.4
Fig 3.2 Location of AAQM stations on study area map ................................................... 3.6
Fig 3.3 Graph showing PM10 trends .............................................................................. 3.7
Fig 3.4 Graph showing PM2.5 trends ............................................................................. 3.7
Fig 3.5 Graph showing SO2 trends ................................................................................ 3.8
Fig 3.6 Graph showing NO2trends ................................................................................ 3.8
Fig 3.7 Ambient Noise Level Monitoring locations on study area map.............................3.10
Fig 3.8 Summary of Noise level trendsduring day in the study period ............................3.11
Fig 3.9 Summary of Noise level trends during night time in the study period ..................3.12
Fig 3.10 Noise level trends for Post Monsoon (Dec 2015 – Feb 2015) ............................3.12
Fig 3.11 Noise level trends for Pre Monsoon (March 2016 – May 2016)..........................3.12
Fig 3.12 Noise level trends for Post Monsoon (June 2016 – July 2016) ..........................3.13
Fig 3.13 Drainage Map of the study area .....................................................................3.16
Fig 3.14 Geology Map of the study area ......................................................................3.17
Fig 3.15 Hydrological survey sampling locations ...........................................................3.18
Fig 3.16 Total Depth Levels in the study area ..............................................................3.19
Fig 3.17 Elevation map in the study area .....................................................................3.20
Fig 3.18 Distribution of Conductivity in the study area ..................................................3.22
Fig 3.19 Distribution of Chloride in the study area ........................................................3.23
Fig 3.20 Surface and Ground Water Quality sampling locations .....................................3.25
Fig 3.21 Soil sampling locations on study area map ......................................................3.30
Fig 3.22 Types of soil in the study area .......................................................................3.31
Fig 3.23 pH and Organic carbon percent in soil samples ...............................................3.32
Fig 3.24 Available NPK status of soil samples in Athani taluk .........................................3.36
Fig 3.25 Land use/ Land cover map of study area ........................................................3.42
Fig 3.26 Soil erosion intensityin the study area ............................................................3.45
Fig 3.27 Slope map of study area ...............................................................................3.46
Fig 3.28 Map of 25 Km radius from the boundary of project showing forest areas ..........3.48
Fig 3.29 Fish species recorded at Krishna River ............................................................3.59
Fig 4.1 Isopleths of PM in the study area ...................................................................... 4.3
Fig 4.2 Isopleths of SO2 in the study area .................................................................... 4.3
Fig 4.3 Isopleths of NO2 in the study area .................................................................... 4.3
Fig 4.4 Isopleths of CO in the study area ...................................................................... 4.3
Fig 4.5 Soil loss factors and actual soil loss ..................................................................4.15
Fig 4.6 Sub watersheds within the study area ..............................................................4.18
Fig 5.1 Google map showing proposed BLISCommand Area and surrounding irrigated areas
................................................................................................................................. 5.1
Fig 7.1 Sex ratio of Adults ........................................................................................... 7.4
Fig 7.2 Sex ratio among under- 6 yr children ................................................................ 7.4
Fig 7.3 Male & Female Literates ................................................................................... 7.7
Fig 7.4 Main and Marginal Workers .............................................................................. 7.9
Fig 7.5 Various employee categories under main workers .............................................7.10
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xvi EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
Fig 7.6 Interaction with PAPs and KNNL officials ..........................................................7.12

Fig 7.7 Educational background of PAPs ......................................................................7.12
Fig 7.8 Occupational pattern of PAPs ..........................................................................7.13
Fig 7.9 Income categories of PAPs ..............................................................................7.13
Fig 7.10 Income categories of PAPs ............................................................................7.14
Fig 7.11 Income categories of PAPs ............................................................................7.15
Fig 7.12 Interaction with PAPs and KNNL officials ........................................................7.18
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xvii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure-1 ToRs accorded by MoEF
Annexure-2 Command Area map and project drawings
Annexure-3 Hydrology and geology related Annexures
Annexure-4 Surface and Ground water quality results
Annexure-5 Soil Quality Analysis results
Annexure-6 Ecology and Biodiversity related Annexures
Annexure-7 Aquatic Ecology related Annexures
Annexure-8 Socio-economic survey questionnaire
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltdxviii xviii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1 Project Proponent
Karnataka Neeravari Nigama Limited (KNNL) aims at reviewing the planning, design,
execution and monitoring of the irrigation projects by tracking the field periodically by
involving dedicated professional administrators, subject specialists and experienced
engineers and other specialists in the field in order to clear bottlenecks and ensure time
bound completion of projects. KNNL has been registered as a wholly owned Government of
Karnataka Company as per the provisions of the companies Act, 1956 with effect from 9th
December 1998.
Water is an essential replinishable natural resource for food production. Agriculture
production can be increased only by providing Irrigation whenever there is a need. It can
supply the water needed for the crop growth when rainfall is limited and it can also bridge
dry spells and reduce agricultural risks. 'The country's economy, health and welfare is
directly linked with irrigated agriculture. It is too important to be marginalized as it is vital
for world food security'2.
'Karnataka is the second driest state in India after Rajasthan'3. Large parts of the state are
prone to severe and repeated droughts and 3/4 of all farmland is rain-fed. As a result, farm
productivity is low. Rain Water is only available for 3 to 4 months in a year in the state and
the groundwater tables are falling drastically due to overuse and over exploitation. Hence
there is an urgent need to conserve both soil and water to raise farm productivity.
Karnataka State is endowed with limited water resources that are stressed and depleting
due to different sectoral demands which are growing rapidly. "Increase in population,
urbanization, rapid industrialization and rising incomes are putting this resource under
stress. Unless water resources are properly developed and managed, the State will face
acute crisis within the next two decades. Serious destabilization of the water sector
affecting the hydrology, economy and ecology of the State is likely"4.
In this direction, Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Limited (KNNL), Water Resource Department,
Government of Karnataka intends to give more thrust to new areas of development such as
participatory irrigation management, encouragement to modern irrigation practices with
higher duty of water, exploration of new possibility of conjunctive use of water, advocating
a holistic approach towards agricultural farming practices for economic security to the
farmer and using modern technologies in survey and design of irrigation systems.
M/s Environmental Health & Safety Consultants Private Limited, Bengaluru is entrusted by
KNNL to carry out the Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management
Plan for Basaveshwara Lift Irrigation Scheme (BLIS). KNNL is the employer and executing
agency for the project. The proposed project is categorized as ‘A’ category project as the
command area is >10,000 Ha.The proposed project falls under 1(c) of EIA Notification,
2006 and its amendments and hence, the Terms of reference (ToR) for the project was
accorded by Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF) vide letter no.
No.J-12011/23/2015-I – A – I dated 17.11.2015 (Annexure-1).
This EIA report presents baseline data collected during three seasons viz, Pre -Monsoon
Season (Dec 2015 to Feb 2016), Post Monsoon season (March 2016 to May2016) and
Monsoon Season (June 2016 to Aug 2016) for physical, biological and socio-economic
components of environment, identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts based on
the project activities and to prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigation
of adverse impacts due to the proposed project.
2
T.C. Dougherty-A.W. Hall, HR Willingford (1995), Environment Impact Assessment of Irrigation and Drainage Projects, FAO Irrigation and
Drainage Paper 53, Page 6.
3
http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/feature/2009/10/01/india-restoring-the-fertility-of-parched-lands-in-karnataka
4
Karnataka State Water Policy (2002), Water Resource Dept., Govt. of Karnataka, Page 1.
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd 1.1 EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru
1.2 Brief Description of the Project and its Importance to the

Region
The proposed scheme envisages lifting of 4 TMC of water from Krishna River near Ainapur
village of Athani Taluk, Belagavi District, Karnataka and providing irrigation facility to
27,462 Ha of 22 villages of Athani taluk, Belagavi District. The proposed irrigation is only
during Khariff season and the intensity of irrigation will be 100%.
Basaveshwara (Kempawada) Lift Irrigation Scheme (BLIS) is proposed to irrigate dry lands
in villages of Athani Taluk, Belagavi district. Proposed 22 villages of Athani taluk are left out
villages under Ainapur LIS, Halyal LIS and Karimasuti LIS. Therefore, there is a need of the
scheme which could benefit the drought affected villages and shall also improve the
Irrigation potential and Socio-economic conditions of the above mentioned district. In this
regard, BLIS is considered to be the feasible project for eradication of poverty in the region.
Governments of Karnataka (GoK) have accorded administrative approval for BLIS vide order
No. WRD 9HI A YO 2013, Bengaluru dated 22.06.2016 and the total cost of the project is
1120.36 Crores.
1.3 Need for the Study

"Every anthropogenic activity has some impact on the environment. More often, it is
harmful to the environment than benign. However, mankind as it is developed today cannot
live without taking up these activities for his food, security and other needs. Consequently,
there is a need to harmonize developmental activities with the environmental concerns.
Environmental impact assessment (EIA) is one of the tools available with the planners to
achieve the above-mentioned goal.
It is desirable to ensure that the development options under consideration are sustainable.
In doing so, environmental consequences must be characterized early in the project cycle
and accounted for in the project design.
The objective of EIA is to foresee the potential environmental problems that would arise out
of a proposed development and address them in the project's planning and design stage.
The EIA process should then allow for the communication of this information to:
 The project proponent;
 The regulatory agencies; and,
 All stakeholders and interest groups.
EIA integrates the environmental concerns in the developmental activities right at the time
of initiating for preparing the feasibility report. In doing so, it can enable the integration of
environmental concerns and mitigation measures in project development. EIA can often
prevent future liabilities or alterations in project design"5.
1.4 Scope of the EIA

The present study includes detailed inventory of existing status of environment in the Study
area for various identified environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological
and socio-economic aspects. Under the scope of EIA, it is envisaged to study:
 To assess the present status of air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic
components of the environment.
 To identify, predict and evaluate significant impacts due to project activities on
various environmental components during the Construction and Operational stages
of the project.
5
http://envfor.nic.in/divisions/iass/eia/Chapter1.htm
 To delineate proposed pollution control measures and accordingly formulating

Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
 To delineate post-project environmental monitoring programme to be implemented
by KNNL.
1.5 Components of EIA

The proposed project requires comprehensive EIA. Following components are included in
the EIA report.
 Project Description
 Baseline Environmental Scenario
 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Additional Studies - Public Consultation, Risk Assessment, Social Impact Assessment
for Land Acquisition
 Project Benefits
 Environmental Monitoring Program
 Environmental Management Plan
 Summary & Conclusion
1.6 Approach and Methodology

The EIA report has been prepared and presented as per requirements of the EIA,
Notification 2006 and its amendments of MoEF under the Environment (Protection) Act,
1986. The sequence of approach adopted for preparation of EIA studies and to obtain
Environmental Clearance for the project is given below in the form of flow chart.
Chapter 2. Project Description

2.1 Need for the project
2.1.1 Agro – climatic zones
Agro-climatologically the district can be divided into three zones
i.e., high rainfall “Hilly Zone”, Northern Transitional Zone and
Northern Dry Zone from south west to North east respectively.
The proposed command area falls under Northern transitional
zone. The annual rainfall of Athani Taluk is 513.8 mm6. Soil in
the command area is deep well drained, clayey soils associated
with deep well drained gravelly clay soils. All these soils are
generally suitable for irrigating the “Kharif Crops”.
The dominant soils in this region are deep calcareous black soils
and very shallow, gravelly and non-gravelly, loam to clayey
soils.
2.1.2 Hydrology
Belagavi district is drained by three main rivers, the Krishna in the North, the Ghataprabha in the
centre and the Malaprabha in the south. Apart from the above, river Markandeya, originates in
Bailur village, Khanapur taluk joins the Ghataprabha River. River Dudhganga also enters
Belagavi district for a few 20 km stretch near Chikkodi Taluk and joins River Krishna near Yedur.
River Mahadayi (Mandovi) originates in Khanapur taluks and west flowing towards Goa and joins
Arabian Sea. In addition, other streams such as Tarava originates in Khanapur Taluk and joins
the Phandari River, a tributatory of Kali. Similarly, Hirehalla originates in Gokak taluk and joins
Ghataprabha River near Pudakalkatti and Ballarynala originates near Yeelur taluk and joins
Markandeya River at Dasanahatti. Likewise, river Hiranyakeshi and Vedaganga originates in
Maharashtra runs in the district and joins Ghataprabha River at Ingli and Dudhganga River at
Bhoj respectively. Lastly, Agrani River originates near Balvadi, Khanapur Tq and joins Krishna
River at Thirtha in Athani Taluk7.
Major part of the district lies in the Krishna basin in which rivers viz., Krishna, Ghataprabha,
Malaprabha and their tributaries flow. Markandeya, Dudhaganga, Vedganga, Hiranya Keshi,
Bellary nala are some of the major streams in Krishna basin of Belagavi district. Mahadayi, a
west flowing River is prominent in the district. The drainage system is sparse and oblong in
shape.
2.1.3 The Krishna River and Interstate aspects
Krishna is an Inter-State river that takes off its origin near Mahabaleshwar in Maharashtra State
in the Western Ghats at an altitude of 1336.55m (4385 ft) above MSL and flows across the
peninsula from West to East for about 1392 Kms. (865 Miles) through Maharashtra, Karnataka
and Andhra Pradesh. The catchment area of Krishna basin is 2.59 lakh sq. km of which 1.13 lakh
sq. km lies in Karnataka State. This is nearly 48% of total drainage area in Krishna basin and
this area incidentally forms as large as about 60% of the area of Karnataka state.
The river portion in Maharashtra, mainly on Western Ghats is blessed with good rainfall on an
average ranging from 6350 mm to 3810 mm (250 to 150 inches) annually. It gradually dwindles
down to about 500 mm (20 inches) in Bagalkot, Bijapur, Belagavi districts and Gulbarga districts
in Karnataka State. The catchment area in the upper reaches of the river generally consists of
steep hills with forest growth and the lower reaches i.e., beyond Satara District in Maharashtra
State are generally plain.
6
Belagavi District Karnataka, Central Ground Water Board, South Western Region, Bengaluru, August 2007, Pg 10 - 12.
7
James M. Campbell (2004), Belagavi District Gazetteer, Karnataka Gazetteer Dept., Govt. of Karnataka Pg 13-18
In 1973, the Krishna Water Dispute Tribunal (KWDT) adjudicated on the sharing of Krishna river
water between the three riparian states of Maharashtra, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh. KWDT
– 1 in its final order dated 24.12.1973 has allocated the 75% dependable flows of 2060 TM of
Krishna waters amongst three riparian states and the share of Karnataka aggregated to 734
TMC of water. Water utilization for the proposed scheme is within the state allocation of KWDT –
1 award for the state of Karnataka.
2.1.4 Erratic droughts in command area
The proposed command area Taluk is severely prone to erratic droughts due to lack of south-
west monsoons. The drought details from 2001 to 2015 are given below;
Table 2.1Drought details project command area Taluks8
From Year 20'
Taluk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Ground water
status
Athani Over Exploited
Drought causes agriculture a risky venture and the proposed taluks are considered to be the
more backward taluks9. Due to which people are constantly translocating to adjoining towns and
cities. The people of this region have no other employment opportunities except agriculture and
there is potential land bank to grow suitable crops in the region. Hence providing irrigation and
stabilizing the agricultural production, provides a much needed relief to the people. It improves
the per capita income and standard of living of the people. Further it utilizes the water and land
resources and substantially improves GDP contribution from agriculture.
2.1.5 Left out area of existing irrigation schemes
The major portion of Northern part of Athani taluk of Belagavi District is outside the scope of
any irrigation facilities. This area is flat and the gradient of the Krishna River bed is gentle. A
storage reservoir across Krishna River within the limits of State Boundary (upstream of Almatti
Reservoir) will involve huge submergence of land in the State of Maharashtra and Karnataka.
Therefore, it is proposed to irrigate this area by providing Lift Irrigation Scheme, which is the
only alternative measure to provide water for the development of drought prone areas of Athani
taluk.
Apart from the above, the existing Hippragi project across River Krishna at Hippragi with two
Foreshore lift irrigation schemes at Halyal and Ainapur to irrigate an area of 74,742 Ha by
utilizing 12.10 TMC of water for both Khariff and Rabi seasons. Though Hippargi irrigation
project was basically planned to mitigate the sufferings of drought prone villages of Athani taluk,
but, some of the northern side villages of Athani taluk had not been considered in Hippargi
irrigation project.
2.2 Present proposal

The proposed scheme envisages lifting of 4 TMC of water from Krishna River near Ainapur
village of Athani Taluk by lift and providing flow Irrigation facility for 27,462 Ha of dry lands of
Athani Taluks. The proposed irrigation is only during Khariff season and the intensity of irrigation
is kept at 100%.
The project site (Head works) is approachable by road and is at a distance of 1.5 km off Sinhala
Ugar State Highway 72. The lift point near Ainapur village is at the distance of 29.3 km from
Athani taluk head quarters along the state highway. Ugar Railway Station is situated at 5 Km
from the lift point towards South. Nearest airport is Belagavi airport which is at 150 km from the
lift point towards east. The salient features of the project along with schematic diagram and
location map is given below;
8
Karnataka State Natural Disaster Monitoring Centre, Govt. of Karnataka
9
Report of the High Power Committee on Redressal of Regional Imbalances (2002), Govt. of Karnataka, Page 17
Fig 2.1 Location map of BLIS on SoI toposheet
Fig 2.2 Google view of lift point and Krishna River
Fig 2.3 Schematic diagram of BLIS

Table 2.2 Salient Features of the project
1. Name of the Scheme Basaveshwara LIS
2. Name of the river Krishna
3. Geographical Location of Lift point Latitude 16˚40′29.63”N,
Longitude 74˚53′29.92” E
4. Location of the Lift point Near Ainapur village, Athani Taluk,
5. Type of the project Irrigation
6. Mode of Irrigation Flow irrigation
7. Estimated cost of the project Rs. 1120.36Cr
8. Command Area 27,462 Ha
9. No. of villages benefitting 22
10. Allocated water 4 TMC
11. Cropping pattern Kharif (June - October)
12. Irrigation intensity 100%
13. Submergence area Nil
14. Rehabilitation and Resettlement Nil
15. Total Land required 438Ha
16. Total forest land required Nil
17. Power Requirement 31.09 MvA, Source – Hubli Electricity Supply
Company Limited (HESCOM).
2.2.1 Water availability

BLIS is proposed on the upstream of Hipparagi barrage located at a distance of 34 Km and
Almatti reservoir is located in the downstream. Therefore, the inflow and discharge at Almatti
Reservoir from 1983-2008 is given below.
Table 2.3 Water yield calculations for the period from 1983-84 to 2008-09
Inflow at Almatti
Year
Sl. No. Reservoir (TMC)
1 1983-84 611.22
2 1984-85 362.12
3 1985-86 301.66
4 1986-87 273.65
5 1987-88 109.70
6 1988-89 583.93
7 1989-90 297.69
8 1990-91 569.85
9 1991-92 767.43
10 1992-93 404.57
11 1993-94 682.88
12 1994-95 1036.16
13 1995-96 243.23
14 1996-97 411.87
15 1997-98 723.09
16 1998-99 457.24
17 1999-00 585.90
18 2000-01 209.64
19 2001-02 212.22
20 2002-03 204.87
21 2003-04 149.34
22 2004-05 515.96
23 2005-06 1180.10
24 2006-07 55.93
25 2007-08 342.19
26 2008-09 753.16
Average 463.29
2.2.2 Environmental flow
The monthly water availability at the Almatti Reservoir during Khariff season is calculated by
taking the average of water yield in the respective month from 1983-2008.The proposed project
is planned to utilize water only during June-October in the upstream of Almatti reservoir. The
project is designed keeping in view of the demand of downstream flow (e-flow). As per the
above table, sufficient flow is available for downstream ecosystem services. Further, Krishna
river is an interstate river and the river is running in the downstream in the state of Andhra
Pradesh and Telangana after serving many projects. Therefore, in the orders of KWDT, sufficient
flow for environmental and marine needs were considered.
2.2.3 Existing cropping pattern
The present agricultural practices including the crops grown are tuned to the rainfall regime. The
crops grown are Khariff crops only which are as follows. The estimated percentage area of these
crops and their corresponding yields are given below;
Table 2.4 Existing cropping pattern in the command area

Sl no. Crop Produce/ Ha. (Qtls)
1 Local Jowar 2.00
2 Hy. Maize 8.00
3 Bajra 2.00
4 Groundnut 2.00
5 Hy. Jowar 2.00
Total 16.00
2.2.4 Proposed cropping pattern
In view of introducing flow Irrigation system in the entire command area of 27462 ha, the
following cropping pattern (Khariff Season) is proposed.
Table 2.5Proposed cropping pattern
Sl no. Crop Intensity Crop Area (Ha.) Produce / Ha.
(%) (Qtls)
1 Local Jowar 1.16 318.56 40.00
2 Hy. Maize 11.50 3158.13 50.00
3 Bajra 3.45 947.44 30.00
4 Groundnut 45.98 1267.03 15.00
5 Hy. Jowar 37.9 10410.83 14.00
Total 100 27462 149.00
2.2.5 Crop water requirement
The proposed command area falls under Krishna catchment area. The crop water requirement is
worked out by adopting modified penman method and demand table is prepared for Khariff
season adopting the cropping pattern shown as below:
Table 2.6 Crop water requirement
Crop Intensity Area Water Depth Requirement
(%) (Ha) (mm) (mm) (M.cum)
Local Jowar 1.16 318.56 395.00 15.55 1.24
Hy. Maize 11.50 3158.13 398.40 16.00 12.58
Bajra 3.45 947.44 398.40 16.00 3.77
Groundnut 45.98 1267.03 429.10 16.90 54.20
Hy. Jowar 37.91 10410.83 398.40 16.00 41.48
2.2.6 Command area
The command area of 27,462 Ha is spread across Athani Taluk of Belagavi District. There are 22
villages benefitting under BLIS. The command area map and other drawings of the project are
enclosed as Annexure-2.
Table 2.7 List of benefitting villages, Athani taluk, Belagavi District
Sl.No Name of the benefiting village Sl.No Name of the benefiting village
1 Ajur 12 Khilegaon
2 Anathapur 13 Kiranagi
3 Aralihatti 14 Madabhavi
4 Balligeri 15 Malabad
5 Bammanal 16 Masarguppi
6 Bevanoor 17 Naganur.P.A
7 Gundewadi 18 Pandegaon
8 Hanamapur 19 Sambargi
9 Agrani – Ingalgaon 20 Shirur

10 Jambagi 21 Shivanoor
11 Kallotti 22 Tawashi
Command area
Fig 2.5 Command area photographs

2.2.6 Irrigation planning
An intake channel (1250 m) is proposed to lift the water from Krishna River. A Jackwell cum
pumphouse will be constructed to pump the water to the Delivery chamber through a MS rising
main of 15.90 Km length (2.75 m dia). The RL of delivery chamber -1 is kept at RL 565 m. The
entire 27462Ha command area will be irrigating under single stage. The technical details of the
project are given below;
Table 2.8 Technical details of the project
A. Lift Location
Name of the river Krishna
Near Ainapur Village, Athani Taluk,
Lift Point
Belagavi District
B. Intake Canal
Length 1250 m
Discharge (required) QR 22.43 cumecs
Discharge (designed) QD 33.65 cumecs
Bed width 5.10 m
Side slope 1:1
Free board 0.75 m
C. Jackwell cum pumphouse
No. of Pumps 10 + 2 standby

Total Power Requirement 3244 HP
Source HESCOM
D. Rising Main
Length 15.9 Km
Diameter 2.75 m
Material Mild Steel
E. Delivery Chambers
RL of DC 565 M
Dimension 26 X 26 X 4.5 M
E. Canals
South canal
Irrigating Area 1313.09 Ha
Length 3.68 Km
Required discharge (QR) 1.076 Cumecs
Designed discharge (QD) 1.131 Cumecs
North canal
Irrigating Area 26148.9 Ha
Length 59.52 Km
Required discharge (QR) 18.738
Designed discharge (QD) 22.126
2.2.6.1 Intake Canal
The intake canal is proposed at RL of 514.500 and the GL at this point is 532.500 m. The HFL of
the river is 531.500 m and the FRL of the reservoir is 524.870. Since the water is proposed
to be lifted from 16th of June, the intake level is considered at RL 514.500 i.e., 2.978 m below
MDDL and 1.50 m above river bed level of 513.00m. As verified from the inflow data from 1991,
the available water at 75% dependability is 32.65 Mcum against the requirement of 24.72
Mcum. The length of intake canal is 1250 m and is designed for 33.653cumecs based on the
requirement of water. The Intake canal is submergible under high flood conditions and at FRL of
reservoir.
2.2.6.2 Lift arrangements
The lifting system with a static head of 95.322 mtrs (from RL 517.478 to 612.85m) is proposed
with pumping arrangements consisting of 12 Nos.(including 1 standby) of pumps of 3244 HP
capacity each and water will be pumped through rising main of 15.90 Km length up to delivery
chamber number( DC).
From Delivery Chamber, the North canal is taking off with a designed discharge of 22.126
cumecs (Required discharge= 21.46cumecs) and runs to a length of 59.52Kms all along the
boundary of Maharashtra to irrigate an area of 26142 ha. The alignment and the cut-off
statement are prepared based on the contour maps prepared by the consultant who had been
entrusted with the work. The alignment crosses major valley of Agrani River and the length of
the aqueduct is 7.50Km and it is also crossing two tributaries of Agrani River having a length of
1.00 Km and 2.00 Km respectively.
The South canal takes off from delivery chamber with a designed discharge of 1.131cumecs
(Required discharge= 1.08cumecs) and runs to a length of 3.6 8Kms to irrigate an area of 1313
Ha.
Sl. Length of the Irrigable command Discharge required
Name of the canal
No. canal in Km. area in Ha. in cumecs
1) North canal 59.52 26148.91 21.43
2) South canal 3.68 1313.09 1.08
Total 63.20 27462 Ha
2.2.7 Natural Catastrophes in

command area
2.2.7.1 Floods
Karnataka is facing moderate to severe floods.
Floods are associated with cloud bursts,
cyclones or depressions in Bay of Bengal and
Arabian Sea. In Karnataka, parts of Krishna
basin and Godavari basin experiencing floods
even during drought conditions in others parts
of the state due to heavy discharges from
Maharashtra10. The project location falls in
'low damage risk zone' and hence the risk of
flood chances are very less and do not affect
the structural components of the project.
2.2.7.2 Earthquake
In Karnataka, 22.13% of the total
geographical area is under moderate
earthquake damage risk zone & remaining
area of the state is under low damage risk
zone14.The state of Karnataka has reported
more than 500 earthquake tremors in the last
three decades with most of them having low
magnitude.
The Karnataka state is categorized as moderate to low seismic risk zone. The following Districts
are falls in Zone III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone (MSK VII) viz., Bidar, Gulbarga, Vijayapura,
Bagalkot, Belagavi, Dharwad, Uttar Kannada, Shimoga, Udupi, Dakshina Kannada and Kodagu.
All other Districts are falling under Zone II( Low Damage Risk zone MSK VI).Even though the
parts of Belagavi, Vijayapura and Bagalkot district area under Zone -III, the proposed lift
location and command area falls in 'low damage risk zone'. Hence, chances of earthquakes are
very less.
2.2.7.3 Landslides
Hilly regions of Western Ghats in Karnataka are prone to landslides during rainy season. The
project district is part of the northern Karnataka and hence not prone to landslides.
2.2.8 Land Requirement
The proposed project requires 438 Ha for implementation of the project. The land required is
only for construction of Jack well cum pump house, Raising main, Intake canal and Delivery
chambers. The required land will be acquired as per the Right to Fair Compensation and
Transparency in Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013.
2.2.9 Benefit cost ratio
The benefit cost ratio has been worked out to 1.08 considering the annual administrative
expenses, depreciation charges and electrical energy charges.
10, 14
Karnataka State Profile, National Institute of Disaster Management, Govt. of India (http://nidm.gov.in/pdf/dp/Karnataka.pdf)
Table 2.9 Benefit-cost ratio for BLIS

A Gross Receipts Before After
irrigation irrigation
1 Gross value of farm produce 1207.57 18216.85
2 Dung receipts (at 30% of the fodder expenditure) 362.27 5465.05
3 Total A : Gross receipts(1+2) 1569.84 23681.90
B Expenses
1 Expenditure on seeds 46.92 442.98
2 Expenditure on Manure etc. 79.38 912.42
3 Expenditure on hired labour (human and bullock) 161.65 1353.11
4 Chemical and Pesticides 334.82
5 Fertilizers 603.68
6 Fodder expenses ( as percentage of gross value of produce)
(15% 10% of item A.1 ) 181.14 1821.68
7 Depreciation on implements (2.7% of item A.1 ) 32.60 491.85
Share and cash rent (5% 3% of item A.1 ) 60.38 546.51
Land revenue (2% of item A.1 ) 24.15 364.34
Total B expenses (1 to 7) 586.22 6871.39
C Net value of produce
1 Total gross receipts 1569.84 23681.90
2 Minus Total expenses 586.22 6871.39
3 Net value produce @:(1-2) 983.62 16810.51
D Annual benefits
1 Net value after irrigation 16810.51
2 Minus net value before irrigation 983.62
3 Net annual benefits (D) (1-2) 15826.89
E Annual Costs
1 Interest of capitals at 10% ( estimated total cost of the projects 11230
10% including cost of land development @Rs 2000/- per ha
2 Depreciation of the project at 1% of the cost of the project for 1123
100 years life all the project and at 2% for 50 years life all the
projects
3 Annual operation and maintenance charge at Rs 1175 per Ha 48
4 Maintenance of the head works at 1% its cost 442.72
5 Depreciation of pumping system @ 8.33% of cost 409.17
6 Depreciation of Raising main @3.33% of cost 1166.06
7 Power charges for lift irrigation at ( applicable for lift irrigation) 274.62
8 Total (E) annual costs 1-7 14693.57
Benefits Cost Ratio=D3 Annual Benefits / E.8 Annual Costs 1.08
Chapter 3.Baseline Environment Scenario

Collecting the baseline environmental status of the project area helps to predict the magnitude
of impacts that are likely to be caused due to the proposed project on different environmental
components. It also helps to identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored
during and after the proposed project.
3.1 Study area

In order to assess the baseline environmental status, command area, 10 Km radius from the
main project components were considered and the data was collected for Pre -Monsoon Season
(Dec 2015 to Feb 2016), Post Monsoon season (March 2016 to May 2016) and Monsoon Season
(June 2016 to Aug 2016). In addition to the baseline environmental monitoring, field inspection
in the study area, collection of primary &secondary information for all the environmental
components and discussions with the officials and local public were conducted by the experts.
The baseline environmental status presented below comprises of;
 Physical Environment
 Land use assessment of study area
 Biological (Terrestrial) Environment
 Aquatic Environment
 Socio – economic Environment
3.2 Physical Environment

3.2.1 Topography
The topography in general is gently undulating plain with slight ruggedness. The area mainly
comprises of 0- 1% and 1 - 3% slope, of which 1 – 3% slope is predominant (54.11%).
3.2.2 Climate & Meteorology
Air borne pollutants is dispersed by atmospheric motion. Knowledge of these motions, which
range in scale from turbulent diffusion to long-range transport by weather systems, is essential
to simulate such dispersion and quality of impacts of air pollution on the environment. The
purpose of EIA is to determine whether average concentrations are likely to encounter at fixed
locations (Know as the receptor), due to the given sources (locations and rates of emission
known) under idealized atmospheric conditions.
3.2.2.1 Meteorology data collected at site
Study period is considered from Dec 2015 – Aug 2016. The site specific meteorological data was
collected from Watchdog 2900 ET installed at site which records Solar Radiation (SRD) (Watt /
sq. m), Relative Humidity (HMD) (%), Temperature (TMP) (°C), Rainfall (RNF) (mm), Wind
Direction (WND) (Deg), Wind Gust (WNG) (km/hr), Wind Speed (WNS)(km/hr), Dew Point
(DEW) (°C).
 Temperature
During the study period, maximum temperature of 41.35ºC was observed during Post Monsoon
(March, 2016 to April, 2016), while minimum of 11.75ºC was recorded in Pre - Monsoon (Dec
2015 to Feb 2016).
 Rainfall
Rainfall during the study period was found to be 9.91 mm/hr in the month of June 2016.
Table 3.1 Meteorological data collected at site for the study period
Month Wind speed Wind direction Temperature Precipitation Relative Surface pressure Cloud cover
(m/s) (deg) ( ºc) rate (mm/hr) Humidity (%) (mb) (tenths)
Max 6.20 360.00 34.05 0.00 87.00 958.00 3.00
Dec,15 Min 0.00 0.00 11.75 0.00 12.00 946.00 3.00
Avg 1.86 141.96 23.63 0.00 48.90 951.37 3.00
Max 7.20 359.00 34.25 0.00 77.00 958.00 3.00
Jan,16 Min 0.00 0.00 12.05 0.00 12.00 946.00 2.00
Avg 1.87 151.30 23.41 0.00 43.29 951.60 2.54
Max 7.20 359.00 38.45 0.00 80.00 955.00 3.00
Feb, 16 Min 0.00 0.00 15.05 0.00 12.00 944.00 2.00
Avg 2.08 174.04 26.80 0.00 38.51 950.41 2.54
Max 9.30 360.00 39.45 0.00 76.00 955.00 5.00
Mar, 16 Min 0.00 0.00 19.05 0.00 9.00 943.00 1.00
Avg 2.21 185.55 29.88 0.00 33.61 949.05 2.09
Max 13.90 359.00 41.35 6.35 74.00 952.00 8.00
Apr, 16 Min 0.00 0.00 21.95 0.00 8.00 941.00 3.00
Avg 2.58 230.78 32.12 0.18 35.15 946.52 4.29
Max 13.40 358.00 40.85 6.10 91.00 950.00 8.00
May, 16 Min 0.00 0.00 20.85 0.00 9.00 937.00 4.00
Avg 3.74 249.90 31.58 0.16 41.63 945.33 4.76
Max 11.30 355.00 37.45 9.91 98.00 950.00 8.00
June, 16 Min 0.00 0.00 22.25 0.00 23.00 940.00 6.00
Avg 4.29 271.12 27.43 0.33 65.55 944.76 6.72
Max 12.30 355.00 32.25 6.10 99.00 950.00 8.00
July, 16 Min 0.50 91.00 21.45 0.00 34.00 940.00 7.00
Avg 4.54 277.39 25.77 0.31 71.84 944.83 7.22
Max 280.20 10.30 34.00 7.90 95.00 951.00 8.00
Aug, 16 Min -64.00 0.50 21.60 0.00 37.00 941.00 7.00
Avg 59.70 4.50 27.20 0.30 69.40 945.70 7.10
Dec 2015 to Aug 2016
Dec 2015 to Feb 2016

March 2016 to May 2016
June2016 to Aug 2016

Fig 3.1 Wind rose diagram for the study period
Wind-rose shows that the predominant wind direction during the study period is West and West
North West (WNW).
3.2.3 Ambient Air Quality

According to preliminary investigations, the ambient air quality in the study area is found to be
good, in the absence of industrial growth in the command area. However, as part of the baseline
data collection and in order to understand the status of ambient air quality during the study
area, five ambient air quality monitoring stations were established and continuously monitored
during the study period. The criteria followed for selection of ambient air quality monitoring
(AAQM) locations and parameters monitored are given below;
 The stations were selected at a place where interferences are not present.
 Height of the inlet was maintained at 3 ± 0.5 m above the ground.
 The sampler was kept more than 20 m away from trees.
 There was unrestricted airflow in three of four quadrants.
 The sampling stations selected were away from major pollution sources11.
Table 3.2 Details of AAQM parameters with analysis methodology12

NAAQM
Frequency of
Pollutants Standards, Unit Method of analysis
Monitoring
2009
PM10 Particulate Matter 100 µg/m3 Gravimetric method
Dust
One month per

PM2.5 Particulate Matter 60 µg/m3 Gravimetric method
season for 24
SO2 Sulfur dioxide 80 µg/m3 Improved West and
Hrs at all
µg/m3
Gases
NO2 Nitrogen Di Oxide Jacob & Hochheisser

stations 80
Modified Method
Table 3.3 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
Monitoring Station Name of the location Geographical Coordinates
Code
A1 Lift point - Ainapur village 16°42'13.33"N, 74°53'41.34"E
A2 Agrani - Ingalgaon 16°46'45.54"N, 74°59'44.38"E
A3 Malabad 16°52'25.65"N, 75°6'39.32"E
A4 Pandegaon 16°57'9.01"N, 74°59'59.33"E
3.2.3.1Results of Ambient Air Quality
The results of ambient air quality reveal that, PM10 ranged between 41 – 72 g/m3 whereas,
PM2.5 was in the range between 18 – 30 g/m3. SO2 and NO2 are in the range between 2.51 –
9.12 g/m3 and 8.5 – 13.97 g/m3respectively. The air quality index in the study area is found to
be satisfactory for PM10 and good for PM2.5 and other gases like SO2 and NO2.
11
Methods for Measurement of Air Pollution (2005), Part 14 Guidelines for Planning the Sampling of Atmosphere, IS 5182 (Part 14): 2000.
12
National Ambient Air Quality Standards - 2009, CPCB, New Delhi.
Fig 3.2 Location of AAQM stations on study area map
Table 3.4 Results of Particulate Matter (PM10)

PERCENTILE (PM10)
LOCATION MAX MIN AVG SD GM 98 85 50 35
A1 71 43 62.5 7.20 62.09 70.54 69 64 62.05
A2 72 41 63.2 6.86 62.76 71.54 69 64.5 63
A3 69 46 63.0 6.99 62.54 69 69 66 64.05
A4 69 43 61.2 6.97 60.78 68.54 67.55 62.5 61
120
100
Results in (µg/m3)
80
60
PM10
40
Standard
20
0
Ainapura Agrani Malabad Pandegoan
Monitoring Locations
Fig 3.3 Graph showing PM10 trends

Table 3.5 Results of Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
PERCENTILE (PM2.5)
A1 27 18 22.4 2.26 22.31 26.54 24.00 22.00 22.00
A2 27 18 18.0 2.29 24.18 27.00 26.00 24.50 24.00
A3 30 20 24.6 3.09 24.44 29.54 27.55 25.00 23.05
A4 27 18 22.0 2.20 21.94 26.08 24.55 22.00 22.00
90
Results in (µg/m3)
80
70
60 PM2.5
50
40 Standard
30
20
10
0
Fig 3.4 Graph showing PM2.5 trends
Table 3.6 Results of Sulphur di-oxide (SO2)

PERCENTILE (SO2.5)
A1 4.58 2.51 3.31 0.63 3.26 4.55 4.07 3.34 3.05
A2 5.62 2.65 3.60 1.25 3.53 5.30 4.53 3.43 3.27
A3 9.12 2.67 3.95 1.60 3.73 8.16 4.93 3.25 3.10
A4 3.89 2.65 3.89 1.52 3.70 8.44 4.64 3.38 3.24
70
60
Results in (µg/m3)
50
40
30 SO2
20 Standard
10
0
Fig 3.5 Graph showing SO2 trends

Table 3.7 Results of Nitrogen di-oxide (NO2)
PERCENTILE (NO2)
A1 13.00 9.10 11.21 1.12 11.15 12.93 12.70 11.37 10.99
A2 13.89 8.90 12.68 1.17 12.60 13.89 13.56 13.00 12.81
A3 13.97 9.57 12.62 1.08 12.57 13.93 13.67 12.93 12.27
A4 13.97 8.50 12.42 1.68 12.30 13.97 13.89 12.93 11.90
70
60
Results in (µg/m3)
50
40
30 NO2
20 Standard
10
0
Fig 3.6 Graph showing NO2trends
Table 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Index for dust

Monitoring Location PM10 AQI Remarks PM2.5 AQI Remarks
A1 70.54 70.54 Satisfactory 26.54 44.23 Good
A2 71.54 71.54 Satisfactory 27 45.00 Good
A3 69 69.00 Satisfactory 29.54 49.23 Good
A4 68.54 68.54 Satisfactory 26.08 43.47 Good
Table 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Index for gases13
Monitoring Location SO2 AQI Remarks NO2 AQI Remarks
A1 4.55 5.69 Good 12.93 16.16 Good
A2 5.3 6.63 Good 13.89 17.36 Good
A3 8.16 10.2 Good 13.93 17.41 Good
A4 8.44 10.55 Good 13.97 17.46 Good
3.2.4 Ambient Noise Levels
The study area is not experiencing noise pollution due to least industrial growth and
transportation (vehicles). As part of the baseline environment studies ambient noise levels were
measured at 4 locations using pre-calibrated instrument for 24 Hrs for Leq (day) and Leq
(night)14. The details of the monitoring locations are given below;
Table 3.10 Details of Noise Level Monitoring15
Parameters Frequency CPCB Standards dB(A) Leq
Category Day Night
Industrial area 75 70
Leq (Day) Commercial area 65 55
24 hrs
Leq (Night)
Residential area 55 45
Silence zone 50 40
Table 3.11 Details of Noise Level Monitoring locations
Station Code Name of the location Geographical Coordinates
N1 Lift point – Ainapur 16°42'13.33"N, 74°53'41.34"E
N2 Agrani – Ingalgaon 16°46'45.54"N, 74°59'44.38"E
N3 Malabad 16°52'25.65"N, 75°6'39.32"E
N4 Pandegaon 16°57'9.01"N, 74°59'59.33"E
3.2.4.1Results of Ambient Noise Levels

The results of ambient noise levels were compared with Residential standards and results reveal
that, the noise levels in the study area ranging from 46.15–52.34 d(B)A for day time and 36.06
– 43.67 d(B)A for night time during Post - Monsoon season. The noise levels during Pre -
Monsoon season is ranging between 48.38 -54.38 d(B)A for day time and 35.8 – 37.4 d(B)A for
night time and 46.88 – 49.61 dB(A) for day and 36.33 – 39.75 d(B)A for night time during
Monsoon season respectively. Overall, the noise levels in all the seasons were observed to be
well within the CPCB standards. Results of Ambient Noise Levels for all the seasons are given
below.
13
National Air Quality Index, Control of Urban Pollution Sources Series, (2015), CUPC/82/2014-15, CPCB, New Delhi.
14
Protocol for Ambient Noise Level Monitoring (2015), CPCB, New Delhi
15
Noise (Regulation and Control) Rules (2000), MoEF, Govt. of India
Fig 3.7 Ambient Noise Level Monitoring locations on study area map
Table 3.12 Results of Ambient Noise levels

Post – Monsoon (Dec 2015 to Feb 2016)
Leq day db(A) Leq night db(A) Std day Std night
Ainapura 52.34 41.77 55 45
Agrani - Ingalgaon 49.55 36.06 55 45
Malabad 46.15 43.67 55 45
Pandegaon 47.05 38.17 55 45
Pre – Monsoon (March 2016 to May 2016)
Leq day db(A) Leq night db(A) Std day Std night
Ainapura 54.38 36.1 55 45
Malabad 48.38 36.7 55 45
Pandegaon 49 37.4 55 45
Monsoon (June 2016 – July 2016)
Leq day Leq night Std day Std night
Ainapura 49.61 36.33 55 45
Malabad 46.88 39.75 55 45
Pandegaon 49.16 38.35 55 45
56
Pre - Monsoon
54
Leq (day)
52
Results in db(A)
50 Post -
48 Monsoon Leq
(day)
46 Monsoon Leq
44 (day)
42
40 Std Leq (day)
Ainapura Agrani Malabad Pandegaon
Ingalgaon
Monitoring locations
Fig 3.8 Summary of Noise level trends during day in the study period
50
45
Pre -
40
Monsoon
Results in db(A)
35 Leq (day)
30 Post -
25 Monsoon
20 Leq (day)
15 Monsoon
10 Leq (day)
5
0 Std Leq
(night)
Ingalgaon
Fig 3.9 Summary of Noise level trends during night time in the study period
Post - Monsoon
60
leq day
50
Results in db(A)
40 leq
night
30 std day
20
std
10 night
0
Ingalgaon
Fig 3.10 Noise level trends for Post Monsoon (Dec 2015 – Feb 2015)
Pre - Monsoon
60
50
Results in db(A)
leq
40 day
leq
30
night
20 std
10 day
std
0 night
Ingalgaon
Fig 3.11 Noise level trends for Pre Monsoon (March 2016 – May 2016)
Monsoon
60
Results in db (A)
50
leq day
40
30 leq
night
20
std day
10
0 std
Ainapura Agrani Malabad Pandegaon night
Ingalgaon
Fig 3.12 Noise level trends for Post Monsoon (June 2016 – July 2016)
3.2.5 Hydrology, Geology and Minerals
In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality &
quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical set-up, climate
and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics, the nature and
thickness of underlying rock formations and other related aspects that prevail in an area.
Therefore the study envisages identifying the existing both surface & ground water conditions
comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its neighborhood, relating the
projected lift irrigation scheme activity, identifying the likely impacts on surface and ground
water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In order to accomplish the proposed
objective of the study, the scope and methodology adopted is as follows:
 Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the reports
and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey of India (GSI),
other Institutions and Departments.
 Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the
occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.
 Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.
 Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project site.
 Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity.
 Identify the site specific environmental issues and mitigation measures and
 Compile a consolidated, comprehensive and meaningful report of the Project site and its
catchment area.
Initially the data and scientific information available in the Pre-feasibility Report & salient
features initiated by Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Limited, EIA and EMP reports published related
to the Project area and reports of Central Ground Water Board have been collected.
Subsequently field investigation was carried out during the second week of September, 2016.
During the survey surface rock outcrops, geological cross sections in the Road, Nala Cuttings
and Dug wells were observed. Data available from the Irrigation Department and also from IMD
authorities has been collected. Inventory of wells representing the entire Command area, Lift
pipe line corridor &ten kilometer buffer zone was carried out. The chemical quality of ground
water was assessed by measuring the Specific Electrical Conductance (E.C.) using a sensitive
pocket type Electrical Conductivity meter. Hydrogeological data of about 13 wells was collected
and enclosed as Annexure - 3. Water levels were measured using an embossed steel measuring
tape from Dug wells and Electrical conductivity was recorded using EC meter.
Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and analyzed
to comprehend the overall groundwater situation in the area. An attempt is made to predict the
likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed Basaveshwara Lift Irrigation Scheme
and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse effect on the Surface &
Groundwater environment.
3.2.5.1 Drainage
The Project site and the command area form part of the Krishna River Basin. The lift point is
over the upper reaches of Almatti Reservoir. Bor Nala, Kalkatti Halla, and Agrani Nadi are the
other major tributaries of River Krishna in the study area. Most of these are seasonal rivers
which drain in to River Krishna. Drainage pattern is observed to be dendritic to sub-dendritic
with drainage density varying between 0.80 to 0.92 Kms. / Sq. Kms. Dense drainage is
observed in the command area All the stream courses flow from higher reaches to lower levels
following topography. Drainage Map of the study area is given below;
3.2.5.2 Geology
The main rock type observed in the command area is Basalt belonging to Deccan Traps of
various flows belonging to Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene Age. Geologic succession of the
study area and Geological map of the study area is given below;
Table 3.13 Geological succession of the study area16
Laterite Recent Cainozoic
Basalt Intertrappean Infratrappean Beds
Basalt As Flows sparsely to moderately porphyritic Upper Cretaceous
Deccan trap
Basalt Sparsely to moderately porphyritic
3.2.5.3 Structure
No major faults or any structural disturbances are observed in the buffer zone and command
area of the project excepting, minor Fractures/ Fissures and Lineaments along with the streams
are formed and these act as conduits for the movement of surface and groundwater. The
movement and occurrence of groundwater is controlled by these structures and these have been
marked in the Geology & Structure Map.
3.2.5.4 Geomorphology
Geomorphology of the study area environs is plateau dissected and Plateau weathered with
valleys.
3.2.5.5 Mineral Resources
High level aluminous laterite and bauxite occur as capping over Deccan Trap in a number of flat
topped plateaus at elevations of 930 m to about 1020m above MSL. Most of the deposits fall in
Khanapur taluk forming a part of Malaprabha valley. Fullers’ Earth is found at Doddi Kuppe in
Chikkodi taluk.
3.2.5.6 Hydrology, Rainfall and Climate
Belagavi District falls in the Krishna River Basin except small catchments of Khanapur, Belagavi
and Bailhongal taluks that fall in the catchments of Mahadayi and Kalinadi Rivers that flow
towards the west. The River Krishna, along with its tributaries Ghataprabha and Malaprabha are
perennial and effluent in nature and flow in easterly direction. The drainage density varies from
0.80 to 3.4 Km/Sq. Km.
16
Geological Quadrangle Map (1998), Geological Survey of India, GoI
The study area i.e. Basaveshwara LIS falls in Krishna River basin drained by Agrani River,Bor
Nala and Kalkatti Halla which joins River Krishna in the south.
3.2.5.7 Hydrogeology
The study area forms a part of three districts namely Vijayapura, Belagavi and Bagalkot which is
a part of Krishna River Catchment / Basin. Hire Halla, Kud Don Halla, Kunt Don River and Don
River are the other major tributaries of River Krishna in the study area. Most of these are
seasonal rivers which drain in to River Krishna. Drainage pattern is observed to be dendritic to
sub-dendritic with drainage density varying between 0.90 to 1.60 Kms. / Sq. Kms.
Water table generally follows the topography of the study area and is at greater depths in the
water divide area and topographic heights but occurs at shallow depth in the valleys and low-
lying terrain and therefore groundwater moves down and follows the gradient from the higher to
lower elevations i.e. from recharge area to discharge areas. The general flow direction of
groundwater in the study area is towards South and East.
3.2.5.8 Hydrological surveys
Hydrogeological survey was carried out in the 10.0 Kms buffer zone of the Jack well / Intake
point of Krishna River and the total command area of the proposed project. 20 Wells were
inventoried mostly bore wells and few dug wells for deciphering the groundwater regime. The
details of the locations are marked on hydrology map enclosed as Map Plate-4 and as
Annexure- 3. Water samples have been collected from 13 wells representing the study area and
subjected to chemical analysis conforming to IS 10500:2012 standards to know the quality. The
test results are enclosed as Annexure - 3. The aquifer performance test conducted by the CGWB
authorities was referred to and concluded the field data observed randomly during the field
survey. Map showing the sampling locations are given below;
Groundwater occurs under water table and semi-confined to confined conditions in weathered
and fractured zones in basalts. The vesicular portion of different flows varies in thickness and
has the primary porosity. The nature and the density of vesicles, their distribution and
interconnection, depth of weathering and topography of the area are decisive factors for
occurrence and movement of groundwater in these units. The weathered and fissured basalts
occurring in topographic lows are the main water bearing formations in the study area.
The Deccan traps / basalts are the major litho-units in the study area i.e. command area and
buffer zone of the proposed project area (Lift Point and Jack well). The basaltic flows are mostly
horizontal to gently dipping. Deccan basalts mostly have low permeability depending upon the
presence of primary and secondary porosity. The weathered basalt serves as an effective
groundwater repository in this region. Occurrence of red bole at depth ranging between 30-50m
constitutes the major aquifer in the study area.
3.2.5.9 Depth to Water Level
The depth to water level in the study area was measured wherever it was feasible and recorded
as reported during the field study. The depth to water level varied between 8.0 to 35.0m.
Shallow water level of 8.0 m is observed at Shirur while deepest water level is observed at
Gundewadi at 35.0 m. The annual water level fluctuation is varying between 3.0 to 15.0 m in the
study area. The depth to water level arrived corresponds to the well inventory and the table is
annexed as Annexure-3.
3.2.5.10 Water Table Elevation
Water table elevation in the study area ranges from less than 603 mts to more than 546 mts.
Over the vast area it is between 520 and 620 m amsl. Water table less than 546 m is observed
in and around Kudachi. The flow direction follows the general topography of the area. The
general flow direction of groundwater in the study area is towards South.
Fig 3.13 Drainage Map of the study area
Fig 3.14 Geology Map of the study area
Fig 3.15 Hydrological survey sampling locations
Fig 3.16 Total Depth Levels in the study area
Fig 3.17 Elevation map in the study area
3.2.5.11 Water quality

13 representative samples have been collected from the study area and subjected to water
quality analysis as recommended by BIS for drinking water standards. The result of the water
quality is enclosed as Annexure-3. In total the water quality in the study area is potable to
moderately -potable.
Table 3.14 Details of Water sampling locations
Sl.No Village Name Geographical coordinates Type of Well Code
01 Kudachi N16°37’26.0’’E 75°51’14.5’’ BW BSV - 1
02 Ainapura – Lift Point N16º41’5.37”E74º55’22.16” SW BSV – 2
03 Fareed Khan Wadi N16°41’37.8’’E74°49’14.7’’ DW BSV – 3
04 Mangasoli N16°43’46.9’’E74°50’4.8’’ BW Govt., BSV – 4
05 Madbhavi N16°48’36.1’’E 75°56’51.8’’ SW Tank BSV – 5
06 Madbhavi (Petrol Bunk) N16°48’7.3’’E74°57’16.4’’ BW BSV – 6
07 Jambagi N 16° 50’ 18.6’’E 75° 00’ 16.1’’ BW Govt., HP BSV – 7
08 Sambargi N 16° 52’ 28.4’’E 75° 00’ 01.0’’ BW Govt., HP BSV – 8
09 Shirur N16º53’42.66”E74º59’18.6” DW BSV – 9
10 Agrani river N16° 55’ 34.4’’E74° 57’ 51.8’’ SW BSV – 10
11 Anantapur N16° 55’ 03.1’’E75° 04’ 11.8’’ BW Govt., HP BSV – 11
12 Malabad N16° 53’ 03.6’’E 75° 07’ 09.0’’ BW GOVT., Pump Fixed BSV – 12
13 Gundewadi N 16° 48’ 50.0’’E 75° 05’ 35.8’’ BW BSV - 13
Conductivity in the study area ranges from 563 micro mhos/ cm to 3,480 micro mhos/ cm.
Conductivity having more than 2,000 micro mhos/ cm may be considered as either brackish or
saline. The villages having high conductivity are Shirur, Anantapur and Mangasoli.
Chloride in water samples in the study area range from 57.98 mg/ltr to 639.8 mg/ltr and this
constituent is within the permissible limits. The distribution of chloride is illustrated in figures
given below and the rest of the parameters are enclosed in Annexure-3.
Constituents like Nitrate and fluoride levels are well within the permissible limits. Remedial
measures may be initiated to safeguard the health of people in the villages. Already the
Government and few social service organizations have installed mineral water plants in the
villages to supply safe water.
Fig 3.18 Distribution of Conductivity in the study area
Fig 3.19 Distribution of Chloride in the study area
3.2.5.12 Ground Water Resources

The resource estimation and categorization is to be carried out as per the recommendations of
Groundwater Estimation Methodology-97(GEM-97) considering watershed as a unit. Watershed
and administrative boundaries do not match with the administrative boundaries. As a result
different parts of taluk fall in different watersheds having different stages of groundwater
development and categorization. Pro-rata approach to consolidate the watershed data into taluk
wise data gives only details on groundwater resource, draft and additional irrigation potential.
Pro-rata approach cannot be applied to taluk, as a unit, as far as stage of development and
categorization is concerned. However, average stage of development is given to have an overall
idea of the taluk17.
Groundwater resources and recharge assessment has been arrived taking in to consideration of
the monsoon and non-monsoon rainfall, command and non-command area, areas of recharge
and discharge, water table fluctuations, specific yield of rock formations/litho units and
normalized monsoon recharge.
As the present project does not involve pumping of groundwater the specific studies relating to
aquifer parameters have not been carried out. However, already published relevant data was
consulted and prepared this report.
The already published data of CGWB in the form of Groundwater information Booklets for the
parts of Belagavi District covering the subject area have been consulted and arrived at the
conclusion. The Groundwater resources for Athani Taluk of Belagavi District is categorized as
over exploited as per the published data of CGWB. The extract is furnished below:
Table 3.15Status of ground water development
Taluk Categorization (%)
Safe Semi-Critical Critical Over Exploited
Athani 1 - - 99
It is observed from the above table that Athani has 99% over exploited area and indicates that
groundwater extraction is more than recharge. This area requires serious formulation of artificial
recharge programmes and groundwater budgeting. Also planning with regard to change of
cropping pattern is also required. The suitable recharge structures feasible are Farm Ponds, Nala
Bunds, Check Dams besides desilting of tanks and thereby increase the surface storage capacity
will augment the declining levels of groundwater.
3.2.6 Surface and Ground Water Quality
Any effect on physical, chemical and biological properties of water has direct impact on the
quality of water18.The baseline status of water quality in the command area has been
established through the sampling and analysis of various water quality parameters. Water
samples were collected at5 locations in the command area during the study period. The prime
objective of the baseline water quality study was to establish the existing water quality in the
study area to evaluate the anticipated impact of the proposed project on water quality and to
suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. This will also be useful for
assessing the conformity to the standards of water quality during the construction and operation
phase of the project. The details of sampling locations are given below;
17
CGWG- Groundwater Information Booklet: Belagavi District, Karnataka, August ’2012
18
Furhan,I., Ali,M., Salam, A., Khan,B.A,. Ahmad,S,. Quamar M and Omer, Kashif (2004), Seasonal variations of physico-chemical characteristics of river
Soan water at Dhoak, Pathan Bridge (Chakwal), Pakisthan, International J. of Agriculture and Biology, 6(1):89-92
Table 3.16 Details of Water sampling locations

Sampling
Name of the sampling
Station Geographical Coordinates Source
station
Code
SW1 Lift Point - Ainapur 16˚40’26.16”N 74˚54’36.65”E Surface Water
GW1 Agrani 16˚49’14.74”N 74˚1’4.25”E
GW2 Ananthapur 16˚54’28.49”N 75˚3’43.43”E
Ground Water
GW3 Gundewadi 16˚49’26.91”N 75˚4’19.69”E
GW4 Shirur 16˚53’42.66”N 74˚59’18.6”E
Surface and ground water samples were collected (grab sampling) at each location as per CPCB
guidelines19. Surface water samples were collected from the river by using a weighted bottle.
Ground water samples from the production tube wells were collected after running the well for
about 5 minutes. Adequate parameter specific preservatives were added to the samples and
collected samples were brought to the laboratory by maintaining 4˚C in the ice boxes. Separate
sterilized bottles were used for collection of water samples for microbial analysis.
Fig 3.20 Surface and Ground Water Quality sampling locations
19
Guidelines for Water Quality Monitoring (2007), MINARS/27/2007-08, CPCB, New Delhi
3.2.6.1 Surface and Ground Water Quality Results

 Post Monsoon (Dec 2015 – Feb 2016)
The Physico-chemical parameters for the Surface Water are within the standards. Total
Hardness was found to be 332 mg/L, Sulphate and Dissolved Oxygen were 117 mg/L and 7
mg/L respectively. Conductivity in the sample was found to be 1352µS/cm, chlorides were 157.6
mg/L and total Coliform was 1CFU/100mL due to improper sanitation at Ainapur (lift Point).
Total Hardness in ground water was ranging from 276mg/L at Gundewadi – 540mg/L at Shirur
whereas the Sulphate levels ranged between 37.66mg/L at Anatpura – 193.6mg/L at Shirur.
Suspended solids ranged from 4mg/L at Agrani – 10mg/L at Shirur. Overall, the ground water
quality was found to be good and confirming to IS standards. Total Coliform was absent in the
sample.
 Pre Monsoon season (March 2016 - May 2016)
Total Hardness in the surface water was found to be 420 mg/L, Dissolved oxygen was found to
be 6 mg/L, conductivity and chloride were 1390 mg/L and 200.57 mg/L respectively. Due to
improper sanitation Total Coliform was present at Ainapur (lift Point).
The ground water quality analysis results reveal that, the Total Hardness was found in the range
of 112mg/L at Ananthapur – 530mg/L at Shirur, Conductivity and Chlorides ranged from
1292µS/cm at Ananthapur – 1841µS/cm at Gundewadi and 174.4mg/L at Ananthapur and
Gundewadi - 654 mg/L at Shirur respectively. Whereas Total Coliform was absent in the
samples. Suspended solids were absent in Agrani and Gundewadi whereas in Anatpura it was 3
mg/L and in Shirur 6 mg/L.
 Monsoon season (June 2016–Aug 2016)
Total Hardness in the surface water sample was found to be 460 mg/L, whereas Sulphate was
144.8 mg/L. Conductivity and Chloride were 1574 µS/cm and 269.9 mg/L respectively. Dissolved
oxygen was observed to be 4.9mg/L. The values are within the prescribed standards at Ainapur
(lift Point).
The ground water quality analysis results reveal that, the Total Hardness ranged from 348mg/L
at Shirur – 540 mg/L at Agrani, whereas Conductivity and Chlorides ranged from 1015µS/cm at
Shirur – 1823 µS/cm at Agrani and 115.9mg/L at Shirur – 379.9mg/L at Ananthapur
respectively. Total Coliform was absent.
The results of surface and ground water quality analysis are enclosed as Annexure-4.
3.2.7 Soil Characteristics
Land, perhaps the most critical resource for human and animal livelihood, is limited and a finite
resource. It is subject to competing and ever-increasing demands from agricultural and non-
agricultural sectors. The compulsive need for augmenting food production to meet the demands
of the burgeoning population has serious impact on land use, resulting in large areas of marginal
lands being put to cultivation, on one hand, and demands for firewood, timber and fodder,
leading to excessive pressure on forest and pasture lands adversely affecting the grass and tree
cover on the other. Degradation of lands has followed marginalizing them and creating
ecological imbalance. There is, therefore, an urgent need to evolve scientific land use plans
balancing the competing demands so as to conserve resources and sustain productivity and
production.
Athani taluk of Belagavi district in Karnataka is agriculturally dominated as the occupation of
about 80% of people is farming. Rain fed farming is dependent on several factors i.e., the
management of soils, crops, animals; use of package of practices, farm techniques, farm
machinery and agricultural implements, marketing, human resources in a systematic way. To
meet the burgeoning population’s food security, it is planned to increase food production with an
estimated average of 4 tons per hectare from the present 1.5 tons per hectare. Due to the great
dependence and pressure on land and water resources, obviously, there will be an effect on soil
properties and crop productivity. As per some estimates, the soils have been degrading at the
rate of one million a hectare per year and 57% of geographical area is affected by various forms
of degradation viz., water and wind erosion, physical and chemical deterioration (NBSS & LUP
2014). The state department of Agriculture has estimated that about 10% of irrigated (1.27 lakh
ha) command area are affected by problems such as water logging, salinity and alkalinity (Dep.
of Agriculture, 1985). Similarly depletion of ground water levels has also been noticed at an
alarming rate in recent times through the rapid depletion of the ground water resources. In this
context, it is a great challenge to the scientific community, to evolve and develop appropriate
strategies, to increase productivity and production of food on a sustainable basis.
Among various natural resources, soil is one of the most vital components, on which living
beings depend for shelter and food security. During the management of soil resources it is
important to understand the soil type, its distribution, and their characteristics which are a pre-
requisite for appropriate land use practices, based on the suitability of soil for various
applications. Reclamation of degraded soil also needs to be undertaken during the conservation
process.
Irrigation is as much an activity with beneficial impact to begin with and continues to be
beneficial if proper management strategies are adopted. However, it may also pose problems in
terms of change in Physico-chemical properties of soil following heavy application of fertilizers
and pesticides to boost agricultural production, water logging, salinity etc., The objective of this
chapter is to document and evaluate the current characteristics of the Basaveshwara Lift
Irrigation scheme, Near old Ainapur village of Athani taluk, Belagavi district, which enables
implementers to plan for micro irrigation management strategies to ensure sustainable
production.
Land degradation is rampant and unchecked measures lead to soil loss and low productivity,
intensive agriculture from mono crops and flooding of water may lead to problems of water
logging or condition of short/long term water saturation of top soil, which results in changes in
hydrologic regime, landscape.
The processes leading to flooding are being attributed to increased sedimentation and reduced
capacity of the river drainage system. The adverse effects of water logging are being reflected
severely on overall ecology, reduced agriculture productivity, limited choice of crops and ageing
of soil in the longer term (Woomer and Swift, 1994)
Soil formation a dynamic process but inherent soil properties are also responsible to maintain
the residual capability of assimilating the soil properties. Nutrients and soil loss is a major
problem in black soils, besides continuous cropping, without adequate input of fertilizers and
organic manure. It is more rampant in areas where agriculture is practiced in poor or moderately
fertile soils without application of sufficient quantities manure, which certainly leads to decrease
in agricultural production. Loss of soil organic matter, following clearing the natural vegetation is
also another way of nutrient loss. Plant nutrients are also depleted from soil through crop
removal, run off and soil erosion. Middelton et al., (1934) noticed that the eroded material is
richer than the original soil in respect of colloidal clay and plant nutrients. The loss of nitrogen
by erosion is probably more serious than loss of any other nutrient (Woolley, 1943), since most
of the nitrogen being lost is combined with soil organic matter, which is under threat of erosion.
Actual nutrient status of tank silt was not found to be much different from that of the soil in the
catchment area studies carried out by the scientists of the Dry land Agriculture project of the
University of Agricultural Sciences, Bengaluru and also by the Department of Agriculture (1997).
Soils need continuous management and reclamation measures for optimal productivity. Their
sustained use depends more on the economic concerns and identification of sustainable
alternative uses rather than agricultural production (Perspective land use plan for Karnataka
2025.)
Land degradation problems started emerging since the time of man’s civilization; as he started
cultivating land some 7000 years ago (Lowder milk, 1953) and because of the ever-increasing
population resulting in many environmental problems such as food deficit, environmental
pollution, leading to degraded soil.
The tragedy of land degradation is so alarming more so in Black soils that the food security of
the country will be at stake. In India, a large portion of land resource is under soil degradation,
which in turn, is affecting the country’s agricultural productivity. Socio-economic and ecological
consequences of land degradation are affecting well over 50 percent of the total geographical
area of the country. There is a dire need for soil reclamation measures of degraded lands to
increase soil productivity and more food to fulfill the demands of food security and also to
protect the original land resource from degradation processes.
Hence, it is important to possess knowledge of various soil degradation processes or
displacement of soil material, through different agents such as water, wind and accumulation of
chemical substances through physical processes. Soil degradation is a process that lowers the
existing and / or future fertility of the soil to produce, food, fiber, and fuel required in adequate
quantities to sustain human day to day activities. Anthropogenic activities like large-scale
irrigation, deforestation, extensive industrial growth etc., have led to over-exploitation of natural
resources, without due consideration of resulting ecological imbalance. This has led to problems
of salinity, flooding, drought, water logging and enhanced soil erosion processes all of which in
turn directly affect agricultural productivity in the area.
3.2.7.1 Study area
The Basaveshwara LIS command area covers about 22 villages around Ainapur of Athani, taluk
in Belagavi district. The area receives an annual rainfall of around 800 mm and the 101 years
(1903-2003) average annual rain fall of the district is 841.92mm and even this is erratic and
unevenly distributed. Athani taluk lies in Northern dry Agro-climatic region is subject to frequent
drought and crop failure, affecting the life and economic status of the population, whose main
stay is agriculture. The climate of the district is healthy and is characterized by general dryness
excepting monsoon season. In summer, Athani experiences normally high temperature and May
is the driest month. The district is influenced by the south west monsoon. The black soils
developed on basalt occur in Athani taluk and are shallow to moderately deep, well drained,
loamy to clay soils with moderate to moderately slow Permeability. The black soils formed on
Shale, limestone and basalt is deep, well drained, clay with low permeability. The detailed
description of the study area with respect to river, climate and vegetation, cropping pattern,
hydrology and geology are given below.
3.2.7.2 Soil types in the study area
In the study area the soil types found in the command area are predominantly shallow to deep
black, moderately well drained, clay soils with slow permeability, vertisol, Entisol and Incept sols
are found in the proposed command. The black cotton soil is rich in bases (alkaline condition)
and has a very high water holding capacity. Major area of BLIS is covered by black, clay soils
constitute roughly 95 percent, and are shallow to moderately deep (22.5 to 90 cm), clayey, with
45 to 55 per cent clay and contain free calcium carbonate throughout the profile. There is
generally a zone of calcium nodules and gypsum in the soil profile at a depth of 45 to 90 cm, the
principal salt being gypsum. Below the gypsum layer disintegrated impermeable murrum layer
exists, the internal drainage of the soil is lateral rather than vertical within the profile.
The soil types found in the command area are black colored. The study area is experiencing
relatively plain not affected by fully erosion in the past, but the analysis indicates that certain
areas were with rill and sheet erosion. The soil erosion intensity map is given below;
3.2.7.3 Crops and cropping pattern
Many parts of the proposed command area repeatedly experience drought and at times famine
conditions which directly affect the life style and economy of the population, mainly on
agriculture. However various Khariff and Rabi crops that can be raised in the region by providing
micro-irrigation facilities would not only boost production but improve the socio-economic
constituents of the area. The entire population in the proposed command area is depending on
agriculture for livelihood and crops like Jowar, Maize, Bajra, pulses, and Groundnut etc., which
are traditionally grown in the area.
There are two distinct cropping seasons
 Kharif
 Rabi
Kharif and Rabi crops are grown mainly under rain fed conditions. In recent times bore wells are
being drilled in the proposed command area, but their utility is poor. Crops grown in Kharif
season: Jowar, Bajra, Maize, sugarcane, Black gram, Green gram Crops grown in Rabi season:
Jowar, Bengal gram.
3.2.7.4 Soil status
A preliminary soil survey was conducted in the study area and soil sampling locations were
identified followed by a wide-ranging sampling programme undertaken during the field survey.
Depending on the terrain conditions and soil types, 11 Soil samples were collected from different
agricultural lands in the command area. The details of soil sampling locations are given below:
Standard techniques of soil survey were used to obtain qualitative and quantitative data on the
soils. Various soil quality parameters viz., pH, electrical conductivity, chlorides, available calcium
and magnesium, phosphorus, exchangeable sodium and potassium, available nitrogen etc., were
determined employing standard methods of analysis.
3.2.7.5 Scope and Methodology
The EIA report shall identify the relevant environmental concerns and focus on the potential
impacts that may change due to the construction of the project. Based on the baseline data
collected for three seasons, the status of the existing environment in the area and capacity to
bear the impact on this should be analyzed. Based on this analysis, the mitigation measures for
minimizing the impact shall be suggested in the EIA/EMP.
A preliminary soil survey was conducted in the study area and soil sampling stations were
identified followed by a wide-ranging sampling programme undertaken during post monsoon
2015 in the command and catchment areas. Soil samples were collected from different
agricultural lands of each taluk. A total of 11 sampling sites extended over different villages,
were identified during preliminary survey. The data provided here are for these stations which
will be monitored during the construction and post operational stages of the project.
Standard techniques of soil survey (Jackson and Black 1965 & 1982) were used to obtain
qualitative and quantitative data on the soils. Various soil quality parameters viz., pH, electrical
conductivity, chlorides, available calcium and magnesium, phosphorus, exchangeable sodium
and potassium, available nitrogen etc., were determined employing standard methods of
analyses (Jackson and Black 1965, 1968, 1982).
Table 3.17 Details of soil sampling locations
Location code Location Geographical coordinates
S1 Near lift point - ainapur 16°41'48.70"N 74°56'13.73"E
S2 Near Masarguppi 16°46'28.30"N 75°0'9.58"E
S3 Near Agrani – Ingalgaon 16°46'31.01"N 75°2'1.19"E
S4 Near Shivanoor 16°48'49.44"N 75°2'27.85"E
S5 Near Gundewadi 16°50'47.07"N 75°5'36.91"E
S6 Near Bevanoor 16°51'7.35"N 75°4'19.34"E
S7 Near Anantpur 16°52'5.82"N 75°1'15.10"E
Location code Location Geographical coordinates

S8 Near Khilegaon 16°52'5.82"N 75°1'15.10"E
S9 Near Pandegaon 16°52'5.82"N 75°1'15.10"E
S10 Near Sambaragi 16°50'7.88"N 75°0'41.10"E
S11 Near Madabhavi 16°48'57.86"N 74°58'27.45"E
Fig 3.21 Soil sampling locations on study area map
Fig 3.22 Types of soil in the study area
3.2.7.5 Results of soil quality analysis

 Soil pH
pH of soil mainly depends on the soil water ratio. It is seen that pH of the soil samples in the
study area ranged between 7.65 and 9.03 The lowest pH value of 7.65 was found in the sample
that was collected near lift point, which belongs to a agricultural land of Ainapura village in pre-
monsoon season and the maximum pH of 9.03 was observed in Sambaragi which belongs to
agricultural land of sambaragi village during post monsoon.
Fig 3.23 pH and Organic carbon percent in soil samples

 Electrical conductivity (EC)
Electrical Conductivity, as the measure of current carrying capacity, gives a clear picture of the
amount of soluble salts present in the soil. The EC values of the soil samples varied from 2.13 to
1979 μmhos/cm. The highest value of EC was observed in pre-monsoon, which belongs to
agricultural land of Sambaragi village whereas the lowest EC value of 2.13 μmhos/cm was
noticed in the post-monsoon soil sample which belongs to the Agricultural land of Bevanur
village.
Salinity: Based on the electrical conductivity of the soil, soil salinity can be classified into four
classes:
Electrical conductivity Approximate salt

Water class
(micromhos/cm at 25˚ C concentration
Class - I - Low salinity 0 to 250 <0.16
Class - II - Medium salinity 250 to 750 0.16 to 0.50
Class - III - High salinity 750 to 2250 0.50 to 1.50
Class - IV - Very High salinity 2250 to 5000 1.5 to 3
 CI water is considered as safe with without any salinity problems.
 CII When used for irrigation, moderate leaching is required.
 CIII and CIV cannot be used on soils with inadequate drainage, since salinity develops.
In the study area one soil sample come under the category of Class-III, this indicates that the
soil samples are under high salinity that belongs to Sambaragi village is of high salinity during
post- monsoon indicating salt encrustations on the surface soil which needs drainage to leach
out salts. However the detailed soil survey has given an indication that soil CII was found in
almost 8 soil samples of Post – Monsoon. And 7 samples were of medium salinity.
 Colour
The different chrome soils collected from the study area were analyzed and identification, by
both visual methods and analytical. Soil colour varies from region to region. Soil derives its
colour from the parent material, and besides the colour may also vary due to,
 Soil forming process
 Moisture content and drainage capacity and
 Nature and amount of organic matter, and mineral content.
 Exchangeable Calcium
The minimum concentration of Exchangeable Calcium was found to be 14.2 during post-
monsoon season that belongs to the agricultural land of Sambargi village, while the maximum
value of 62 was found during post monsoon (expressed as Ca meq/100g which belongs to
agricultural land to the Shivanur. There was wide variation in the distribution of Exchangeable
Calcium content in the study area.
 Exchangeable Magnesium
The minimum concentration of Exchangeable magnesium is found to be 1.6 meq/100g of post
monsoon which belongs to the agricultural land of Ananthpur, and similarly the maximum
Exchangeable magnesium value of 17.8 meq/100g in post monsoon agricultural land, which
belongs to Bevanur village. The Exchangeable magnesium value found ranged between 1.6
meq/100g and 17.8 meq/100g.
 Percent Organic Carbon
Percent Organic Carbon was found to be in the range of 0.12 to 0.96 and the minimum value
was observed in post- monsoon which belongs to agricultural land of Anantpur While the
maximum percent Organic Carbon value of 0.96 was found in Sample, which belonged to
agricultural land of Madabhavi village during post monsoon.
 Exchangeable Sodium
The exchangeable sodium content in the study area ranged between 16.90 to 693.5mg/100gm
as observed. The minimum Exchangeable sodium value of 16.90 mg/100gm was observed
during post- monsoon which belonged to agricultural land of Gundewadi village and the
maximum value was found during pre monsoon which belongs to agricultural land of Ainapura
village.
 Exchangeable Potassium
The Exchangeable K values were found to be in a narrow range and ranged between 4.58 to
39.78 Kg/ha. The minimum potassium value was noticed in Ananthpur village, while the
maximum value was found in pre-monsoon season, which belonged agricultural land of Bevanur
village.
 Available Nitrogen (%N).
The available nitrogen ranged between 154.55 to 305.76 Kg/ha and the minimum value was
found in sample which belongs to Agricultural land at Agrani ingalagoan village and the
maximum value was observed in sample which belonged to agricultural land at Shivanur village.
 Percent Chlorides
The Chloride content of the soil is the measure of salinity of the soil. The Chloride content of the
soil ranged between 1.92 to 17.7meq/l. The chloride content was taken as major factor for the
estimation of salinity of the soil samples. The maximum chloride content was observed in post
monsoon which belongs to the Madabhavi; whereas the lowest chloride of 1.92 meq/L was
observed in post--monsoon soil in Pandegoan village.
 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) and Percent Sodium

The Sodium Absorption Ratio ranged between 0.02 to 6.22. A minimum SAR value of 0.02 was
found in post monsoon, which belongs to agricultural land of Shivanur village, and the maximum
SAR value was found in pre-monsoon season, which belonged Agricultural of Ainapura village.
 Particle Size
Relative proportions of the soil particles of various sizes are an important physical parameter,
which determines the texture of soil. Larger particles help in providing the physical support to
the plants, while smaller size particles determine the capacity of soil to hold the water and
available nutrients. The soil samples have shown varied composition of coarse sand, fine sand,
silt and clay materials and particle sizes ranged between 0.2 to 2 mm, 0.02 to 0.2 mm, 0.002 to
0.02 mm and less than 0.002 mm, accordingly the soil texture of post monsoon season varied
from loam to clay loam.
Soil Family
Sl.No Area (Ha) Percentage
Texture
1 Clayey 7573.53 27.58
2 Fine 4725.17 17.21
3 Fine Loamy 8988.62 32.73
4 Habitation mask 231.76 0.84
5 Loamy Skeletal 5480.63 19.96
6 Water body mask 462.30 1.68
TOTAL 27462.00 100.00
 Discussion on analytical results
 pH
pH of soil is the measure of hydrogen ion activity and depends largely on the relative amounts
of the adsorbed hydrogen and other metallic ions present in the soils. pH of soil mainly depends
on the soil water ratio. The pH of the soil samples in the study area ranged between 7.65 and
9.03.The results have shown that there was neutral range of soils and are slightly towards the
saline in nature in the study area. All the soil samples shown above pH values of 7.65 are
slightly alkaline in nature, and this may be due to high amount of leaching which has led to the
leach out of exchangeable anions and are considered as slightly alkaline. Variation in pH values
has an impact on survivability of soil flora and fauna under various acidic or highly alkaline soils.
However some species of plants may tolerate the pH fluctuations and it is essential to study the
pH of the soil in management practices, through which it gives the overall status of soil minerals
to the plants. In the study area most of the soil samples were found to be slightly alkaline.
 Electrical conductivity
Electrical conductivity, as the measure of current carrying capacity, gives a clear picture of the
amount of soluble salts present in the soil. It plays a major role in the salinity of soils. There is a
relation between electrical conductivity and salinity, lesser the EC value low will be the salinity
value of soil and vice-versa. The Electrical Conductivity values of the soil samples vary from 2.13
to 1979 µmhos/s, as shown below.
No. of samples/ Season
Sl.No. EC values (µmhos/cm)
Post Monsoon Pre Monsoon Monsoon
1 10 to 500 5 7 0
2 501 to 1000 5 4 0
3 1001 to 1500 0 0 0
4 1501 to 2000 and above 1 0 0
Electrical conductivity values within 800 μmhos/cm are considered as normal nature of soil, and
in the present study about 100 percent of the samples were observed to be in the normal range
in the pre-monsoon season soil samples. While EC values between 800 and 1600 are considered
critical for tolerant crops, while EC values ranging between 1600 and 2500 are considered critical
for salt tolerant crops, only post monsoon season soil sample no 10 is considered as critical for
salt tolerant crops and EC values more than 2500 are not considered safe for most of the crops.
In the study area no samples have crossed 1500, and therefore almost all the soil samples are
found to be suitable for agriculture.
 Colour
Soil colour is one of the visual judgment through which the soil type can be classified. The soil
colour may vary from region to region or spatially. Soil derives its colour from the source of the
material. However, the colour may also vary due to,
 Soil forming process
 Moisture content and drainage
 Nature and amount of organic matter
 Mineral sources
In the study area, the soil samples have shown similarity in colour. Majority of the soils are Black
in colour; whereas about 10 percent of the samples were grey to brown colour. The colour of
samples indicated that majority of the samples belong to Black soils.
 Organic Carbon
Soil resource is a major anchor to all the life beings, such as plants, animals and microorganisms
in various stages of decomposition process, which gives the end products in the form of organic
matter. The organic substances are a major determinant of soil structure, moisture content, pH
and the soil nutrient status of the topsoil. The importance of organic matter in the soil is
improved soil structure and fertility status of the soil, which differentiates the soil and other non-
fertile soils.
In the study area the amount organic carbon ranged from 0.12 to 0.96, indicating variable
organic matter content and degradability rate. The percentage of organic matter varied spatially
and generally has a higher organic content in the case of thickly vegetated areas. The
requirement of optimum level of organic matter required by the plants slightly varies between
species, as it is not a single nutrient source required for all the plants and for all the soils. The
variation is also dependent on soil type, climate, existing plant and animal species.
Percentage organic carbon Rating
<0.40 Low
0.4 to 0.75 Medium
>0.75 High
In the study area it was noticed that the percent organic carbon was found to be in different
ranges in all samples of post monsoon season i.e., post monsoon season soil samples of
Ananthpur and Pendegoan contained low organic content i.e. less than 0.40 percent. The
samples of Khilegoan and Madhabhavi are having high organic content of more than 0.75 and in
all other 7 soil samples organic carbon.
Therefore most of the samples in the area appear to possess medium content of percent organic
carbon, which indicates that the farmer has to apply sufficient quantity of green manure and
farm yard manure to get higher yield of crops.
 Available Phosphorus
Phosphorus is the second most important macronutrient available in the soil of the biological
systems, which covers more than 1% of the dry organic weight. It is a major component of
nucleic acids, phospholipids and many phosphorylated compounds. Similarly, it is also a second
most limiting factor often affecting plant growth. Chemically, phosphorus exists in the soil in the
form of both organic and inorganic forms. Generally Plants are dependent on inorganic
phosphorus especially in the form of phosphate ions, whereas organic phosphates are also
important sources of phosphorus in almost all types of soils. Comparatively however the
phosphorus is, required in small quantities; but it may be the most likely limiting element in
productivity of the plant. Therefore ecologically it is very much significant.
Sl. No Grade Concentration

1 Low phosphorus Less than 12.4 Kg/ha
2 Medium phosphorus 12.4 to 22.4 Kg/ha
3 Adequate phosphorus More than 22.4 Kg/ha
4 Abundant phosphorus Still higher
Soils of the study area showed maximum range of low levels of phosphorous was found in all
the soil samples of pre-monsoon season except in sample collected from Masarguppi, Agrani and
Shivanoor, and soil sample at Ainapura village with 480.64 kgs/ha is having abundant
phosphorus and in all other soil samples of post monsoon samples, are having adequate range
of phosphorus availability. In general, the soil samples showing lower levels of available
phosphorus content have to be supplemented by applying phosphorus rich fertilizers as required
by a specific crop.
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Available Nitrogen Available Phosphorus Available Potassium
Fig 3.24 Available NPK status of soil samples in Athani taluk

 Exchangeable Sodium and Potassium
The exchangeable sodium values in the study area ranged between 16.9 in soil sample of
Gundewadi during post monsoon season to 728.5 Kg/ha. The minimum exchangeable sodium
value was observed in Sample which belonged to agricultural land of Gundewadi village and the
maximum exchangeable sodium value was found in pre-monsoon season, which belonged to
agricultural land of Ainapur village.
Potassium (K) is the third most essential element required by most of the plants. Simultaneously
there is a negative effect at higher levels as it affects cell division, formation of carbohydrates,
activation of various enzymatic reactions, cell permeability, while it improves resistance of some
plants to some diseases. It also plays an important role in water balancing of plants or
regulation of osmosis. Generally it forms a most abundant metal cation in plant cell (about 2 to 3
% by dry weight).
Deficient supply of (K) Less than 113 Kg/ha

Doubtful supply of (K) 113 to 280 Kg/ha
Adequate supply of (K) More than 280 Kg/ha
In the study area, the soil samples showed a narrow range of potassium level. All season soil
samples come under the range of deficient level of exchangeable potassium, which can be
balanced by applying potassium rich fertilizers.
 Particle size distribution
The soil particle size is major parameter and a relative proportion of the soil particles of various
sizes are an important physical parameter, which emphasizes the texture of soil of a particular
region. Larger particle size helps in providing the physical support to the plants, while smaller
particles encourage the soil to hold water and availability of nutrients.
As per the International System of Classification, the range of the particle sizes in the soil is as
under:
Sl.No. Category Particle Size
1 Coarse sand 0.2 to 2.0 mm
2 Fine sand 0.02 to 0.2 mm
3 Silt 0.002 to 0.02 mm
4 Clay <0.002mm
 Textural class
Soil texture refers to the relative proportion of clay, silt and sand in a sample of soil. Based on
dominancy of the size fraction the soil texture can be classified as various types, such as clay,
sandy clay, silt clay etc, whereas the fine particle fraction of the soil is used to describe as loam.
Soil texture is an indicator parameter, through which the other soil properties can be studied,
but if used alone, it has limited predictive value; viz., ability of a soil to adsorb cations from
solution depends on the mineralogy of the clay fraction as well as on the percentage of clay. It
also depends on the amount and nature of the organic matter, the soil holds. The permeability
of soil to water depends on shape, mineral particles and organic matter into structural units with
pore spaces between them. Texture does however; indicate the ease with which the application
of the soil can be recommended. Higher content of clay in soils are often described, as ‘heavy’
and sandy soils are known as ‘light’. But clay soils retain more water against gravity and
consequently warm up more slowly in spring. Accordingly the soil texture of post monsoon
season varied from loam to clay loam. Overall, the soil texture class ranges from loamy sand to
clay loam in the project area.
 Water holding capacity (WHC)
Water holding capacity is the amount of water that can be retained by the soil when all the
pores in the soil have been filled with water; soil is saturated with water, accompanied by very
poor drainage. The water retained at zero bar tension, is rarely utilized by plants as it reduces
the respiration rate and creates anaerobic conditions for the roots.
In the study area the soil samples exhibited a significant correlation between the clay content
and water holding capacity. WHC was more in the surface soil layer where a greater
accumulation of organic matter, litter and root mass etc., existed. Thereby it supports rather
stronger influence of soil organic matter on water holding capacity of the soil.
 Available Nitrogen
Nitrogen is one among the four primary elements essential for the plant tissues. It is the major
component of proteins, nucleic acids and chlorophyll. The atmospheric nitrogen gets trapped in
the soil during electro and photo-chemical fixation and also by the action of microorganisms. Soil
nitrogen is made available through a process of mineralization. The available nitrogen in soil
exists in the form of both organic and inorganic forms. However, relatively most of the nitrogen
content in organic form is at the most about 90 per cent. Organic content present in the soil
decaying by microbial activity, during process all the organic nitrogen gets converted to
ammonium, nitrates and nitrites. Nitrogen is having a major role in maintaining the fertility of
the soil and nitrogen content in almost all the soils are observed to be very low and is found as
nitrates, nitrite and ammonium. Plants are more dependent upon nitrate nitrogen, during the
aerobic conditions and ammonia nitrogen during anaerobic conditions.
Sl. No Quantity of nitrogen Rating

1 < 272 Kg/ha Low
2 272 to 554 Kg/ha Medium
3 > 554 Kg/ha High
In the study area it was noticed that the percent organic carbon was found to be in different
ranges in all samples of post monsoon season i.e., post monsoon season soil samples of
Ananthpur and Pendegoan contained low organic content i.e. less than 0.40 percent. The
samples of Khilegoan and Madhabhavi are having high organic content of more than 0.75 and in
all other 7 soil samples organic carbon. In the pre monsoon season soil samples, soil sample of
Agrani, Shivanoor, Bevanoor, Khilegaon, Pandegaon and Sambargi are low in organic carbon and
other soil samples are medium in organic content.
Soil moisture content is having a major contribution to vary the process and also one of the
important factors affecting nitrification. In water logged areas soil suppresses the process of
nitrification because of deficient oxygen. However it is totally different in the case of dry soils. As
in the case of present study area in the soils however, there will be enough moisture for the
process of bacterial metabolism and such soils posses’ higher rate of biosynthesis of nitrogen
which also contribute to fertility of the soil.
 Salinity
Salt affected problems are commonly seen in arid and semi arid regions, in irrigation areas and
in the regions where the poor drainage and poor quality / contaminated water is being used for
irrigation. Saline soils are those, which dominated/appreciable quantities of soluble salts to
interfere growth and productivity of the crops. Generally, they are rich in neutral salts including
the salts of chlorides and sulphate of sodium, calcium and magnesium (excluding gypsum) in
excess quantities, enough to cause significant effect particularly on growth of the crop plants. In
these saturated soils the various soil characteristics such as the pH was observed to be less than
8.5 mainly due to the presence of neutral salts, and the electrical conductivity is more than 4.0
µmhos/cm (at 25˚c) and the Exchangeable Sodium percentage (ESP) is less than 15. Salinity is
usually measured/expressed in terms of electrical conductivity and expressed in micromhos/cm
(at 25˚C).
Salinity causing factors

The various natural factors affecting salinity are meteorological, drainage pattern, agricultural
practices and soil characteristics
I. Climate: Climate is the most important factor responsible to change and formation of saline
soils in a specific region. They mainly occur in regions with arid and semi arid climate as where
low rainfall is formed to leach and transport the soluble salts formed during weathering. Arid
climate is commonly characterized by maximum evaporation rates, which leads to more and
more concentration of salt in the soil surface. Whereas in the humid regions the soluble salts
formed due to weathering process are transported downwards to the ground water regime, and,
streams finally reach the oceans. Therefore saline soils are non-existent in humid regions except
when the soil has been subjected to seawater inundation, as in river deltas and near the sea,
where as in the arid regions, leaching and transportation of salts will be very poor, unlike in the
case of humid region.
II. Controlled drainage: This is another important contributing factor for salinity, during
formation of saline soils, having a direct connection with the deeper ground water table or low
permeability of soils. The depth of the water table often depends upon the topography of the
land. In the case of arid regions of low rainfall area, the surface drainage ways are poorly
developed, and which leads to the drainage basins without outlets to permanent streams. The
salty drainage waters enter from the higher lands of the basin leading to increase in the ground
water level to the soil surface on the low lands.
III. Low permeability of soils: Poor drainage mainly causes an effect on the downward
movement of water. The low permeability of soil is mainly because of unfavorable soil texture
(very fine) or it could be also due to the presence of hard layers in the form of clay pans,
caliches layer or a silica hard pan, as a result of ploughing with heavy tillage equipments.
IV. Irrigation practices: This is another important factor which has a bearing effect on salinity
of the region. Expansion of irrigation activities has become one of the key strategies to achieving
higher food production. In India the net irrigated area has increased from 20 million hectares
(1950) to more than 45 million hectares, at present. This extended irrigation activities have been
achieved through transported water. Irrigation practice also contributes to improve the ground
water table and when the ground water table is within 2 m of the surface, it contributes
significantly to increase in the salinity of the soil due to capillary rise of water and its evaporation
from the soil surface. In most of the canal irrigated areas, the problems of salt accumulation is a
matter of serious dimension.
V. Fertility Status of soils: Based on the results and nutrient indices, it is possible to classify
nutrient status of the particular area and classify each nutrient level i.e., low, medium or high
based on a rating chart, which was made use of while rating the soil analysis results, as follows:
Table 3.18 Rating Chart for Soil Test values and their Nutrient Indices
1. Soil pH
Acidity Neutral Alkaline
Range Below 6 6-8 Above 8
Soil Reaction Index I II III
2. Electrical Conductivity
Normal Critical Injurious
Range (µmhos/cm) below 1000 1000-2000 above 2000
Salt index I II III
3. Organic Carbon
Low Medium High
Range (%) Below 0.5 0.5-0.75 Above 0.75
Nutrient index I II III
4. Available Phosphorus
Low Medium High
Range (Kg/ha) Below 22 22-54 Above 54
5. Available Potassium
Low Medium High
Range (Kg/ha) Below 123 123-296 Above 296
6 Nutrient Index
Nutrient Index Range Remarks (OC, N, P, K)
I Below 1.67 Low
II 1.67-2.33 Medium
III Above 2.33 High
The nutrient index values are evaluated for the soil samples analyzed using the following
formula:
Nutrient index= [(1x No. of samples in low category) + (2 x No. Samples in medium category)
+ (3 x No. of samples in high category)] / Total number of samples The values are:
Characteristics Nutrient index Remarks

Organic carbon (OC) 3.0 High
Available Phosphorus (P) 1.077 Low
Available potash (K) 0.88 Low
From the overall results of physico-chemical analysis of the soil samples, it is noticed that the
soil pH values range between 7.65 and 9.03 and most of the values belong to soil reaction index
II and III, which shows that the soils of the study area are under the neutral range to Alkaline.
The electrical conductivity of the soil samples were observed to be in the range between 2.13
and 1979 µmhos/cm. Based on the rating chart of soil tests, all the soil samples belong to
normal i.e., salt index I, except one sample (Sambaragi), whereas organic carbon content of soil
samples were observed to range from 0.12 to 0.84 percent. As per the nutrient index, the
organic carbon in soil samples was at low to medium level except in Khilegoan and Madabhavi
villages. Similarly, the available phosphorus values are in low range. Soil analysis results for the
study period are enclosed as Annexure-5.
3.3 Land use assessment of study area

Land is a limited resource having competing demands. The need to augment the food
production, infrastructure and industrial development has serious impacts on land use, resulting
in accelerated land degradation. Progress in science and technology has eased out pressure on
natural resources to some extent, but urban centric-development has created an imbalanced
growth and exploitation of natural resources. Land conservation serves many critical purposes in
society. It provides open spaces, Parks, and recreational spaces necessary for many critical
purposes in urban area. It protects agricultural lands and rural communities from encroachment
by development. It promotes biodiversity by preserving plant species and habitat critical to
wildlife species. It also maintains ecological processes and functions, such as energy and
nutrient flows, temperature and climate effects, renewal of soils, ecologically important
disturbance regimes such as floods and processing of the chemical, biological and physical
content of air, soils and waters.
Land use refers to a human activity for various category of uses carried out on land’ and land
cover refers to ‘natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others resulting
from land transformations’. Land use is generally inferred based on the cover. The spatial
information on land use and their pattern of change are essential for planning, management,
industries, environmental studies, economic progress etc.,. Now, with the growing population,
and consequent pressure on land and increasing land degradation, the need for optimum
utilization of land assumes greater relevance. Land use inventories are assuming increasing
importance in various resource sectors like agricultural planning, settlement and cadastral
surveys, environmental studies and operations based on agro-climatic zones. Information on
land use cover permits a better understanding of land, including grazing land, waste land, and
surface water bodies etc., which are vital for developmental planning.
3.3.1 Approach and Methods
We obtained high resolution satellite imageries from Karnataka State Remote Sensing Center
(KSRSC) Bengaluru and then prepared land use maps for study area. Geocoded False Color
Composite scene of IRS-IC LISS III with PAN merged data on 1:10,000 scale coinciding with
Survey of India (SOI) Toposheet is used to prepare land use and land cover mapping and to
prepare contour mapping to the present study.
For the purpose of study of land use/land cover ARC GIS 9.2 and ERDAS IMAGINE 9.1 are
powerful tools for extracting the land use, land cover layers, from SOI toposheets and satellite
imageries. The land use/land cover classes include agriculture land, aquaculture tanks,
settlements, drains etc. This classification and methodology is performed based on the standard
methodology. Later Change Detection methodology was done for the images to find out the
changes that have taken place in the study area using ERDAS IMAGINE 9.1. The feature classes
were identified based on the visual interpretation of the satellite imagery coupled with filed
checks. These datasets were digitized and analyzed to obtain land use/land cover statistics for
the areas under each of these categories.
The study has made use of various primary and secondary data. These include Survey of India
(SOI) topographic sheets of 1:50,000 scale and satellite image IRS LISS III (PAN merged)
geocoded data of 1:10,000 scale for the year 2015. The Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS)
data was visually and digitally interpreted by using the image interpretation elements (such as
tone, texture, shape, pattern, association etc.) and Arc GIS software was used for processing,
analysis and integration of spatial data to reach the objectives of the study. Adequate field
checks were made before finalization of the thematic maps. A digital elevation model (DEM) is a
digital model or 3D representation of a terrain's surface. It has been carried out using Arc GIS
software.
3.3.2 Results and Observations
3.3.2.1 Project location and Extent
The proposed project involved lifting of 4 TMC of water in Krishna River in Belagavi district to
provide irrigation facility to 27,462 Ha benefitting 22 villages during Kharif season. The spatial
data indicate that the buffer zone is predominately occupied by crop lands (Kharif + Rabi crops).
It also includes wetlands, barren rocky and scrub land. The ground truth survey revealed that
majority of the farmers cultivates Sugarcane. The drainage map for the buffer area shown that
Krishna River is flowing 13 km away from the proposed command area of the project.
3.3.2.2 Land Use and Land Cover
The results indicate that the core zone is dominated by crop lands followed by forest and water
body (Table 3.19). It also includes Fallow land. The ground truth survey revealed that the crop
land shown in the satellite imagery is coming in semi-arid region and farmers depend on
monsoon for cultivation.
Table 3.19Land use and Land cover data of study area
Sl. No. Land use Area (Ha.) Percentage (%)
1 Fallow land 717.935 2.614
2 Gullied / Revinous Land 11.340 0.041
3 Kharif + Rabi (Double Crop) 9330.908 33.978
4 Kharif crop 7585.763 27.623
5 Lake / Tanks 104.363 0.380
6 Land with scrub 165.613 0.603
7 Land without scrub 898.155 3.271
8 Rabi crop 8058.233 29.343
9 River / Stream 357.933 1.303
10 Village 231.756 0.844
Total 27462.000 100.00
Table 3.20 Soil texture of study area
Area
Sl.No Soil Family Texture
Ha %
1 Clayey 7573.53 27.58
2 Fine 4725.17 17.21
3 Fine loamy 8988.62 32.73
4 Habitation mask 231.76 0.84
5 Loamy skeletal 5480.63 19.96
6 Water body mask 462.30 1.68
TOTAL 27462.00 100.00
Fig 3.25 Land use/ Land cover map of study area
Table 3.21 Slope pattern of study area

Area
Sl.No. Slope
Ha %
1 0-1% 12302.67 44.80
2 1-3% 14860.67 54.11
3 3-5% 295.52 1.08
4 5-10% 3.14 0.01
TOTAL 27462.00 100.00
The spatial data indicate that majority of command area is belong to 1 to 3 % of slope category
and the soil fine clay type followed by loamy soil texture.
3.3.2.3 Soil type and Erosion classification
The black soils developed on basalt occur in Athani taluk and are shallow to moderately deep,
well drained, loamy to clay soils with moderate to moderately slow Permeability. The black soils
formed on Shale, limestone and basalt is deep, well drained, clay with low permeability.
The black soils on shale, limestone and basalt are deep, are moderately well drained, clay with
slow permeability and is rich in bases (alkaline condition) and has a very high water holding
capacity. The soils in the Basaveshwara LIS project area are mostly black soil, while the red and
mixed soils constitute only 20 percent, and are two to four feet deep, heavy in texture, with 45
to 55 per cent clay and contain free calcium carbonate throughout the profile. There is generally
a zone of salt concentration in the soil profile at a depth of 18 to 36 inches, the principal salt
being gypsum. Below the gypsum layer occurs ‘murrum’ which is practically impermeable to
water, so that the internal drainage of the soil is lateral rather than vertical within the profile.
3.3.2.4 Drainage and Watershed
The study area shows different types of drainage patterns. There shall not be any affects in the
core or buffer area either on the drainage or on the water regime of the area. The proponent
will develop one third of the core area (show the details of the proposed green belt development
plan and rain water harvesting plan) under green belt using native species to prevent top soil
erosion. However we proposed to construct check dams with gully plugs, retaining walls against
slope coming in command area of Krishna river basin.
The majority of the land coming in buffer area is belonging to crop land, where farmers are
growing Sugar cane from many decades. The proposed project doesn’t affect the land use or
drainage of the area. The project proponent won’t acquire additional land for the proposed
project, so it has any impact on soil/land of the buffer area.
3.3.2.5 Drainage and Watershed
Since the working area is not much deep and we have proposed proper drainage system to
divert the drainage water away from the workings, there shall be no problem on land slides. The
quality of the soil existing in the core area is not so favorable for cultivation, because it has been
acquired long back and reserved for expansion. The soil shall be extracted in advance, mixed
with mulches and top soil stabilizers before it is use in plantation work. After top soiling the
area, before the start of permanent green belt, initial reclamation crop with leguminous plants
and grasses shall be cultivated in the area to improve the fertility of the soil.
Fig 3.26 Soil erosion intensity in the study area
Fig 3.27 Slope map of study area
3.4 Biological Environment

3.4.1 Ecology and Biodiversity of the region
The most useful trees in the region are Anogeissus latifolia, commonly called ‘Dindal’, which has a
white and very hard wood used for cart axles and ploughs and any tool for which strength is
required. It also yields a good gum and also gives good charcoal. Tamarindus indica is commonly
known as ‘hunasi’ has very hard and lasting heartwood which is used for sugarcane mills and oil
mills and for millet and rice pounding wares. Its fruits are largely used in Indian curries. Phoenix
sylvestris, commonly called ‘Sindimara’, a wild date palm, yields palm neera and spirit. From leaves,
mats and baskets are made. Cassia fistula, is commonly known as ‘Kakke’, is notable for its long
pods and beautiful hanging clusters of primrose yellow flowers. The bean is a medicine and an
article of commerce. The bark is useful as a tanning material. Randia dumetorum is commonly
known as ‘Karegida’ is a small shrub with close-grained wood used for walking sticks. The fruit is a
fish poison. Butea frondosa, commonly known as muttuga, yields a strong fibrous wood which is
used locally for building. The leaves are used as food plates. Gmelina arborea is commonly called
as ‘shivani’ yields a good timber used in building and for field purposes. Albizzia lebbek is
commonly known as ‘Sirsal’ which furnishes a very strong hard-wood used for rollers and crushers
in sugarcane mills, and in cart-making. It is a useful roadside tree, growing fast and giving good
shade. Pterocarpus marsupium, commonly known as ‘Rakta Honne’, yields a good strong reddish
timber suited for furniture and house building. It is also much used for ploughs, harrows and carts.
The chief exotic trees and plants which have been introduced into the area are the rain tree
(Pithecolobium saman), a native of Jamaica, the ‘divisive’ tree (Caesalpinia coriaria), which grows in
black and red soil and the pod of which yields valuable tannin; the Mahogany (Swietenia
mahogany); the ‘suru’ (Casuarina equisetifolia); the American bustard cedar (Guazuma tomentosa),
the ‘akas-mallige’ (Millingtonia hortensis); the ‘nilgiri’ (Eucalyptus oblique); the silver oak (Grewilia
robasta) and the ‘chikku’ (Achorussapota).The ornamental shrubs and plants which thrive well are
Acalyphas, Achemenes, Aralias arums, bignonias, caladiums, coleus, crotons, dahlias, dracaenas,
gardenias, gladiolus, hoyas, irish, ivy, Jasminum and Plumbago. Most of these are exotic varieties,
but have acclimatized to the region.
The chief varieties of flowers are the Amaranthus antirrhinum, aster, balsam, calliopsis, candy tuft,
cockscomb, convolvulus, dianthus or pink geranium, mignonette, portulaca, rose sweet pea,
sunflower, and verbena etc., among others. The chief vegetables are beet root, cabbage, capsicum
(menasinakayi), carrots (gajjari), cauliflower, celery, cucumber (savtekayi), French Beans
(tingalvari), knolkhol, lettuce, mustard (sasavi), onion (ullagadde), peas, radish (mulangi), spinach,
tomato, turnip, fenugreek (mente) and potato.
Under the farm forestry scheme, necessary efforts are under way to create fuel reserves in order to
free the agricultural population from shortage of fuel. According to the directions issued by the
Government of India, the farm forestry programme is being executed in the National Extension
Service and community development blocks, and species such as Neem, Hunasi, Nilagiri, Casuarina,
and Subabul are being suggested for plantation. Location map showing reserve forests in the study
area are given below.
Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd 3.47EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Fig 3.28 Map of 25 Km radius from the boundary of project showing forest areas
3.4.2 Approach and Methodology

3.4.2.1 Approach
A participatory and consultative approach was employed for executing the assignment on
Ecological Assessment for the proposed project area of coming in Ainapur village of Athani taluk
of Belagavi district of Karnataka. A team of consultants from EHS private Ltd have visited the
proposed project area and conducted a detailed inventory of flora and fauna was carried out in
three seasons from 2015 to 2016. Meetings were also held during the ecological survey with
Forest Officials, Local Community, and Revenue Department Officials. Literature survey included
review of forest working plan, census handbook, Gazetteer and other records related to ecology
of the region, which were consulted extensively.
3.4.2.2 Methodology
The biodiversity assessment is carried out as per the specified methodology given in TOR issued
by Ministry of environment and Forests, Govt. of India on 17th November, 2015. The entire
project area is divided in grids of 5x5 km on GIS domain, then 25% grids were randomly
selected for sampling, of which half were from directly affected area (barrage site, submergence
area & canal network) and remaining were selected from 10-km radius buffer area.
Sample plots were demarcated and in each sample plot all the individuals were recorded
separately, and the species were identified, and the cases of unidentified specimens were
confirmed subsequently by cross checking at the Herbarium facility available at the Center for
Ecological Sciences, Indian Institute of Sciences, Bengaluru. Phyto-sociological parameters of the
trees and shrubs population, viz., density, and diversity were measured to determine the
distribution and ecological aspects of the species. Density is a measure of how dense is the
distribution of an individual’s species within a given area and this is calculated by dividing the
number of individuals of a species by the total number of quadrants taken. Species documented
for terrestrial area are grouped into trees, shrubs and herbs. Then species, richness, density/ha
and frequency have been worked out to understand the ecology of the area. The density has
been used to calculate species diversity, dominance and evenness index of biodiversity.
3.4.2.3 Screening secondary literature
Besides measuring these parameters, other biodiversity aspects, such as species endemicity
(Pascal, 1988; Pascal and Ramesh 1990; FRLHT, 2001), conservation status and life forms, have
been collected from published literature. For all the species found in the area during ecological
survey, IUCN, Red Data Books of the Botanical Survey of India and Wildlife Schedule, 1 and 2,
were consulted extensively, to verify their present conservation status.
3.4.3 Observations and Discussion
3.4.3.1 Overview of Forest types of the Study Area
Observations in the field combined with the study of past history of the region indicate that the
forests were originally of thorn and scrub forest type. Systematic conservation of forest, in
Belagavi district, dates back to the time of the passing of the Madras Forest Act in 1882.
Attempts have been made from the earliest periods of the East India Company’s rule to earn a
revenue out of timber and later on, the receipts derived by the Jungle Conservancy Fund from
dead wood, and firewood removed for sale, which were later expanded on the planting and
maintenance of scattered ‘topes (area having group of trees)’, but nothing was done
systematically to protect the natural forest growth of the region. The forests of the region like its
crops, naturally differ with the soil in which they grow and the rainfall they receive. In the dry
black cotton soil areas, the growth consists chiefly of ‘babul’ which rapidly sows itself in tank
beds or wherever land of any depth is left waste. Many of the fields which remained untilled
after the great famine of 1877 speedily became covered with a thick growth of it. The areas of
shallower soil produce Prosopis and Balanites. On the granite hills there is usually little soil
cover, except in scattered pockets, where tamarind, custard apple, babul and acacia trees grow
with little effort. The details of forest types and areas are given below (Champion & Seth, 1967,
in “A revised survey of the forest types of India”).
The thorn forest formation, consisting mainly of bundurgi (Dodonaeaviscosa) and Acacias and
Cassias, is typical of the dry black soil region, but is now extremely restricted by agricultural
land, and only the banks of the major river Krishna and its tributary streams now show remnants
of such formation. Many species of Acacia genus and other species of scrub and open forest
and, grasses contribute to a typical landscape of this formation.
The thorn forest formation, consisting mainly of Dodonia viscosa and Acacias is typical of the dry
black soil region, but is now extremely restricted by agricultural land, and only the banks of the
major river Tungabhadra and its tributary streams now show a remnant of such formation.
Acacias and other species of thorn scrub and grasses contribute to a typical landscape of this
formation. There is no reserve forest or protected area in the proposed project site.
3.4.3.2 Bio-diversity Aspects of Flora in the Study Area
A total of 155 plant species were recorded in both core and buffer area of the proposed project
site. Of which 48 belong to tree species, 16 belongs to shrub species and 91 species belongs to
herbs respectively. The project site-wise species richness, density and diversity are given in
Table.
A total of 194/ha trees were recorded in the area. The dominant tree species recorded in the
project Acacia aureculiformis, Cocus nucifera and Eucalyptus tereticornis, followed by
Azhadirictha indica. The species list is dominated by horticultural and forestry plants. The
coconut trees have been planted all along the paddy bunds, and are scattered in submergence
area. The trees such as Acacia and Eucalyptus have been planted along the home garden edge
and in the periphery of agricultural holdings, which have been provided to the farmers under
social forestry program of the Forest Department.
Out of the 155 plant species recorded in quantitative study, 2 species one belongs to various
categories of IUCN. Among these one is tree and one belong to Keystone species. We have also
grouped Ficus species as Keystone species that means this tree is sacred to local community,
where people worshiping and protecting and promoting in the rural areas. List of flora and fauna
is enclosed as Annexure-6.
Table 3.22 List of plant species as under IUCN/Red Data Book category20
Sl. no Species Family RLF* Conservation Status
1 Chloroxylon swietenia Rutaceae Tree Vulnerable
2 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Tree Keystone species
Source: IUCN/Red data books: Karnataka Forest Department and Botanical Survey of India.
3.4.3.3Biodiversity Aspects of Fauna in the Study Area

The population sizes of the species observed were limited in number and most often only a few
individuals were seen. However, faunal species were visually observed and their individuals were
counted and recorded and were crosschecked with the available literature from the region.
Although there are no specific studies for the region, studies are however available for the
adjacent reserve Forest areas. Forest Department has documented the mammals, birds and
butterflies particulars of the region. We have thoroughly scrutinized the records and cross
checked in the field and also consulted local people on each species and their present status.
The field sighting and published records for the region indicated that 9 mammals were reported
for the region. There are about 29 birds recorded for the region, which are more common found
in outside the project area. There are 9 species of butterflies were observed in core and buffer
area of the project. A total of 8 reptiles and 2 amphibians were also observed in the project
20
IUCN/Red data books: Karnataka Forest Department and Botanical Survey of India.
area. Majority of the fauna recorded or reported for the region were also observed outside the
project area in semi-arid region of Karnataka.
3.5 Aquatic Environment

3.5.1 Krishna River
The Krishna river, just as the rivers the Cauvery and the Godavari, flows almost across southern
India from west to East and is largest of the three lotic water bodies. The river rises near
Mahabaleshwar at Ondishi village, close to Way at an elevation of 1372m from a water spring
and around 64km east of the Arabian Sea. The river, after traversing a distance of 1349km,
merges with Bay of Bengal; of these, 290km of its run is in Maharashtra, 483km in Karnataka
and 576km in Andhra Pradesh. The mean annual discharge of water is 67305mm3 and its
drainage area is 2, 38,786sqkm, of which 26.80% lies in Maharashtra, 43.08% in Karnataka and
29.40% in Andhra Pradesh. The lotic water body traverses the districts of Satara, Sangli and
Kolhapur in Maharashtra, Belagavi, Vijayapura, Bagalkot and Raichur in Karnataka and
Mahboobnagar, Kurnool, Nalgonda, Guntur and Krishna in Andhra Pradesh. The main tributaries
which debouches their waters in the Krishna River, in the states are
State Major tributaries Minor tributaries
Maharashtra Vatali rover, Venna river, Koyan river, Yerla Urwadi river, Tarali river, man
state river, Verna river and Panch Ganga river. river, Vasna river, Andh –
ganga river and Ved – Ganga
river.
Karnataka state Ghataprabha river, Malaprabha river, Bhima
river, Tungabhadra river and Don river
Andhra Pradesh Dindhi river, Muniyeru river, Musi river,
Palleru river, Peddavagu river, Hallia river
and scores of minor tributaries numbering
around 48
The river, in effect, show a marked easterly course due to the easterly tilt of the Peninsular India
where the upper reaches of the water body flow over Deccan trap and the lower reaches on
granite gneiss.
3.5.2 Methodology
3.5.2.1 Hydrobiological studies
 Water
The Physico – chemical features of the surface water samples such as air and water
temperature, weather, Color, odour, turbidity, pH, Dissolved Oxygen, total hardness, total
alkalinity, free ammonia, free carbon – di – oxide, phosphate, nitrate, silicate, iron, potassium,
calcium and specific conductivity were analysed in the field and laboratory by following the
guidelines suggested by American Public Health Association (APHA).
3.5.2.2 Biological Parameters
 Plankton
For the assessment of plankton constituents, 100lts of surface water from representative
portions of the river, at the project site, was strained through a plankton net made of 21XXX
nylon silk cloth (70 meshes/cm with aperture size of 0.067mm) in terms of catching efficiency of
themciroscopic organisms. The plankton samples so collected were fixed in 5.00 formaldehyde
solution and were subjected to both qualitative and quantitative analyses by using a microscope
and Sedgewick – Rafter plankton counting cell.
 Littoral Fauna
The littoral organisms were collected by operating a ‘D’ frame net in the shallow marginal areas
of the river covering a distance of 20ft. the collections, along with debris, were sieved through a
No.40 sieve and the fauna segregated were fixed in the formaldehyde solution and were
subjected to detailed systematic analysis.
 Fish Species
Fishing was organized in the Krishna River, at the site and also areas located close – by, by
engaging the local fishermen by employing castnets, gillnets, uduvala etc., the fish species so
harvested and the ones floating when the water level, during the lean season, was low were
analysed. The catch, depending upon the seasons and the quantity one gets, is being sold
locally and, if the produce is good – enough is being exported to nearby districts or towns.
 Fishermen And Fishermen Cooperative Societies
Local and migratory fishermen are engaged in the fishing activities in the river studied during
different seasons. These fishermen, as reports gathered and observed too, operate fishing nets
at the project site locations, as also in close – by areas all along the river course. Local
fishermen as also the migratory ones use coracles and also, sometimes, inflated tyre tubes for
laying and hauling of nets.
There is a well – organized fishermen cooperative society, based at Jamakhandi to which the
local fishermen of the area belong.
3.5.3 Results and Discussions
3.5.3.1 Krishna River Water Quality and its importance
The Krishna River, at the site, is around 200 to 800m in width, with sloping margins; bottom
being mostly boulders, rock strewed and sandy/ salty too. All along the river course, planned,
number of pipes with electrical connections, have been found laid – sown to draw water directly
from the river course to meet the irrigation of needs of the agricultural lands located on either
side of the banks of the biotope. The river had a very much reduced water level (14.12.2015)
and in the succeeding period (Feb to May 2016), reddening water level and dried – up
conditions were observed all the rive course covering a good part of it.
 Air And Water Temperatures
Of the physical features, heat and light are essential for photosynthetic activity which is related
to productivity in an aquatic environment. Water temperature depends on latitude and altitude,
also, on the depth of the water column when observations are being made. The lotic biotope
situated in the tropical belt, temperature may not be a constraint for production. Air temperature
values of 29º to 34.5ºC were higher than that of water temperature readings of 25.8º to 30ºc.
 Colour and Odour
The river water, when studies were carried out, was quite clear and odourless.
 Turbidity
Light is another physical factor of importance. Its penetration into the water column is governed
by the turbidity caused by inorganic suspensoids and shadowing of plankton concentrate. The
transparency, in the present case, ranged between 0.98 and 2.56 NTU (Desirable range -1 NTU;
Permissible limit- 5 NTU. The two physical factors, the temperature and transparency, are
favorable for the production of biological wealth in the water body studied, although, the water
temperature, on account of advancing ‘summer period’, was quite ‘high’ as also, in view of the
reduced water level in the river Krishna at the site.
 pH
pH in the alkaline side of neutrality between 7.0 and 8.0, is considered to be ideal for sound
productivity norms. Acidic waters with values below 6.5 and alkaline medium above 8.5 tend to
bear ‘low’ productive status. The river water studied was ‘alkaline’ in nature with values ranging
from 7.4 – 8.2.
 Dissolved Oxygen
Amongst chemical substances in natural waters, the dissolved oxygen is of prime importance
being a regulator of metabolic processor of plants and animals as well and also as indicator of
the water quality. Oxygen regime, when monitored over a period of time, will provide data on
the nature and productive potential of a given water body. Oxygen profile in the river water
studied, save the month of March, 2015 when the river water level was at its lowest ebb and the
aquatic life, fish species were found struggling and floating helplessly, was moderate and the
values ranged between 5.4 and 6.5mg/L congenial for fish growth and substance.
 Free Carbon-di-oxide
Free carbon di- oxide values recorded ‘Nil’ status indicating that the river water is free from
pollutional threat of any kind.
 Free Ammonia
Free ammonia values when sampled at the site, indicated non – pollutional nature of the
medium, the values being not – detectable to 0.24mg/L (Desirable/ Permissible level = 0.5mg/L)
 Total Hardness
Total hardness refers to the concentrations of divalent metal ions in water expressed as
equivalent to calcium carbonate (CaCo3) which normally is related as the anion of alkalinity and
the cat ion of hardness which, usually, are derived from solutions of Carbonate minerals. The
values in the studies carried – out, 72.00 to 740.00mg/L due mostly on account of sudden
environmental / ecological changes (serious draw –down water level in the river) appears quite
abnormal which had a telling effect on the aquatic life present towards their substance (Desired
limits = 200mg/L and Permissible limits = 600mg/L).
 Total Alkalinity
Alkalinity, the acid combining capacity of natural waters, in general, is influenced by Carbonates
(CO3) and bicarbonates (HCO3) of calcium (Ca) and Magnesium (Mg). With dissolved carbon –di
oxide (CO2) carbonate – bicarbonate form an equilibrium which is essential for the productivity
in a given situation. The river water studied indicated that it is on the ascending trend, the
values ranging from 68.00 to 24.00mg/L (DL = 200.00mg/L; PL=600.00mg/L).
 Phosphate and Nitrate
The role and importance of phosphate in aquatic productivity has been adequately recognised. A
concentration of 0.05 – 0.2mg/L has been considered to be quite favorable for ‘medium to high’
levels of productivity. The nutrient status of the water body studied appears to be in the
optimum range with values ranging between 0.06 – 0.17mg/L.
Like phosphate, Nitrate, a major constituent of protein occupies an important place in the
aquatic systems. A concentration of 0.2 to 0.5mg/L of inorganic nitrogen has been recognised
being quite favorable for ‘medium to high’ levels of productivity. The nutrient status of the river
water studied ranged between BDL to 5.47mg/L (Permissible level – 45.00mg/L) indicating
values being in the optimum status.
 Silicate
In natural waters, silicon remains in silicate form which is reachable. Normally, silicate – silicon
(1.00 to 30.0mg/L) remains in natural waters. At high temperatures and pH, the solubility of
silicate greatly increases. As silica has been an important structural constituent of Diatoms
(Bacillariophyceae), it is also able to regulate their growth 0.54 to 9.19mg/L, low in ‘status’
which had its influence on the diatom population.
 Iron
Iron, with; below detection level to 1.43mg/L (Preferable value = 0.3mg/L)’ indicated that lot of
iron has been brought into the medium from the rich catchment area.
 Potassium
Potassium, a required ingredient for all Algae and under ‘low’ concentrations, the growth and
photosynthesis or algae are poor and respiration high.
 Calcium
Calcium is normally present in abundant format in good many fresh waters. In an average,
calcium make up around 14.00% of the total cat – ions present in soft waters. In average ‘hard’
waters, calcium percentage, amongst the cat – ions, increases to 53mg/L. calcium carbonate
forms the principal component of shells of molluscus and is incorporated in the exo – skeleton of
the Arthropods imparting stiffness to it. The value recorded in the present instance 16.8 to
72.0mg/L, supports its availability in desired format as the Molluscan population, in varied forms,
is found to be ‘high’.
 Specific conductivity
Specific conductivity is an index of the amount of water soluble salts present in the medium.
Measurements of dissolved salts in the medium indicate the total concentrations of dissolved
ions having wide bearing on the over – all productivity. It also provides symptoms of status of
mineralisation in any aquatic ecosystem. Its values for fresh waters ranges, quite often, between
25 to 500micromhos/cm. in the studies carried – out the values recorded ranged from 76.7 to
2200.00micromhos/cm, apparently, on the higher side with good productive trend.
In general, the Krishna river water studied at the project site is ‘alkaline in nature, with optimum
nutrient status and is free from any pollutional threat’.
3.5.3.2 Planktons
The plankton constituents represented both by the Phyto and the zooplankton, in a lotic
environment especially such as hill-streams and rivers, depends mostly on local conditions and
also the seasons. The productivity in such systems, as such, has a direct bearing upon the fish
species present and the role the plankton, the food of scores of fish species, planktivore, and
the role it plays in the tropic cycles. The biological productivity of any aquatic ecosystem is
generally judged through the qualitative and quantitative estimations of plankton population
which, in turn, is dependent on the physic-chemical features of the water.
The plankton constituent of the river Krishna at the site complex, Ainapur, Athani taluk, Belagavi
district studied during the pre-summer / pre and monsoon seasons, recorded a very ‘poor’
picture whence the vagaries of nature and the water column in the river had a severe influence
on the plankton constituent at the time. It is also true to state that ‘pre-monsoon and monsoon’
seasons have been categorized as ‘poor’ plankton production periods. As the data indicate
through the phytoplankton, by species composition, represented better (21 species), but, by
numbers and percentage-wise, the zooplankton, fared well (13 species) and the miscellaneous
group. Phytoplankton, numerically, ranged between 2 and 123 u/l, the zooplankton ranged from
1 to 152 u/l, followed by miscellaneous group, between 10 and 30 u/l. (Annexure - 7)
The phytoplankton represented by Blue-green Algae, Myxophyceae (Anacystis cyanea &
Oscillatoria princeps), Algae, Chlorophyceae (Pandorina charkowiensis, Coelastrum chodati,
Pediastrum duplex, Chlororella vulgaris, Scenedesmus denticulatus, Closterium leibeinii,
Cosmarium granatum, Spirogyra varians, Ulothrix zonata & Cladophora glomerata) and
Bacillariophyceae (Melosira ambigua, Diatoma vulgare, Asterionella formosa, Fragilaria
capcucina, Synedra ulna, Gyrosigma kutzingii, Navicula radiosa, Cymbella cistula and Surrella
straitula) were in poor concentration, both numerically and by percentage.
The zooplankton is constituted by Protozoa (Arcella mitrata & Difflugia corona), Rotifers
(Brachionus calciflorus, Keratella tropica, Filinia longiseta & Asplanchna spp.), Cladocera
(Daphnia magna, Ceriodaphnia reticulate, Moina branchiate & Bosmina longirostris) and
Copepoda (Cyclops & nauplius). The miscellaneous group (insect appendages) formed the last
one. As in the case of phytoplankton, even the zooplankton had a poor representation, by
species-wise, numbers and also by percentage.
3.5.3.3 Littoral Fauna
An important biological component of a lotic water body in particular are its faunal elements
which are well adapted to face natural hazards of considerable magnitude such as sudden water
force ,occurrence of flash floods, periodic inflows and rolling, as also, disturbing actions of
stones, pebbles, gravel, boulders etc. The organisms collected by operating a ‘D’ frame net in
the shallow marginal areas of Krishna River, in and around the project site, are systematically
presented in the table -3. Molluscan fauna, live, as also, dead specimens mostly found littered in
the exposed marginal banks of the river represented both by gastropods and bivalves could be
seen in good concentration.
3.5.3.4 Summary
Detailed Limnological and Fisheries investigation carried – out in the river Krishna, in and around
the project site, indicate ‘Optimum’ Physico – chemical and biological features to support and
sustain the aquatic life present.
The fish food organisms – the Phyto and the Zooplankton had a ‘poor presentation, both by
numbers and species – wise. Scores of planktivore fish recorded subsists on the available food
which is likely to improve during the post monsoon period due to the influx of nutrients for the
catchment area as they play a vital role in the over – all biological productivity of the system.
Although the Krishna River is reported to harbour 119 fish species, from its origin point and upto
its confluence with the Bay of Bengal, in the studies carried – out, close to the project site, 52
species of fish were recorded, which includes 4 exotic fish species.
Fish seed stocking and the fisheries developmental strategies have been highlighted which
should be taken – up with all sincerity and seriousness by the concerned Government
Institutions to facilitate fisheries development on the basis of scientific know – how available to
help the fisher folk to ekk – out their livelihood honorable.
Notopterus notopterus (Pallas) Glosogobius giuris giuris
1. Sperata seenghala 2.Chaanna marulius 3.C.Striatus 4.C.orientaslis 5.Puntius pulchellus

6. P.sarana sarana 7. Labeo bata 8. L.fimbriatus 9. L.calbasu 10.L.potail 11.Cyprinus carpio
communis 12.Mystus cabasius 13.Heteropneustes fossilis and 14.Glossogobius giuris giuris
1. Sperata seenghala 2. Channa striatus 1. Channa striatus 2.Glossogobius giuris guiris

3.Catla catla
1. Sperata seenghala 2.Wallago attu 3.Notopterus notopterus 4. Glossogobius giuris giuris

5.Cirrhinus reba6. Osteobrama cotio peninsularis.
Catla catla (Hamilton - Buchanan) Labeo rohita (Hamilton - Buchanan)
Puntius ticto (Hamilton - Buchanan)
Molluscan forms: 1. Lamellidens marginalis 2. Lamellidens corianus 3. Corbicula striatella

4. Thiara (Thaira) scabra 5. Thiara (Melanoides) tuberculata 6.Bellamya bengalensis 7. Lymaea
luteola 8.Gabbia Stenothyroides 9. Gyraulus convexiusculus and 10. Indoplanorabis exustus
Poecilia (Lebistes) reticulatus
Gambusia affinis
Chanda nama Parambassis ranga
Mastacembelus armatus
Gonoproktopterus kolus
Clarias batrachus (Linnaeus)

Fig 3.29 Fish species recorded at Krishna River
Chapter 4. Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Due to the activities of the project, there will be potential impacts on the environment of varying
magnitude. Most of the impacts are likely to occur during the construction phase of the project.
The following section reveals the prediction of impacts due to the project on the physical,
biological and social environment. Impacts have been assessed based on the information
collected from the primary and secondary data.
4.1 Impacts during construction phase

4.1.1 Air Environment
4.1.1.1 Sources of air pollution
 Pollution due to fuel combustion in equipments: The operation of construction
equipments requires combustion fuel. Normally, diesel is used for such
equipments. The major pollutant which gets emitted as a result of combustion of
diesel is SO2.
 Dust pollution: The operation of the trucks carrying construction materials to the
site, batching plants during the construction phase is likely to generate fugitive
emissions, which can move even up to 100 m in predominant wind direction.
 Emissions due to usage of firewood for cooking at labor camps.
 Due to operation of DG sets and excavation, laborers are prone to health
problems.
4.1.1.2 Mitigation measures
 High speed diesel (HSD) with low sulphur content will be used for the
construction equipments/ vehicles which have low ash content.
 Unpaved roads in the project construction site are watered frequently as
necessary to prevent fugitive dust. All vehicles carrying construction materials
are covered with tarpaulin to avoid spillage of construction materials.
 All the trucks carrying construction materials to the site shall be inspected
regularly and shall have valid Pollution under Control (PUC) certificate.
 Labors camps shall be provided with LPG facilities.
 Usage of PPEs like nose masks will be provided.
The details of the concentration and isopleths generated from the model are presented below.
Air quality modeling results indicate that, the impact on air quality due to construction activity is
not that significant and does not impact the villages. Isopleths impages for various parameters
like Carbon Monoxide (CO), Particlulate Matter, SO2 and NO2 is given below.
Fig 4.1 Isopleths of PM in the study area
Fig 4.2 Isopleths of SO2 in the study area
Fig 4.3 Isopleths of NO2 in the study area
Fig 4.4 Isopleths of CO in the study area
4.1.2 Noise Environment

4.1.2.1 Sources of noise pollution
 During construction phase, various sources of noise pollution arise due to
Concrete Batch Plant, Crane, Generator, Tractor, Welder / Torch, Vibrating
Hopper etc.,
 Other source of noise pollution includes movement of vehicles for unloading of
construction materials, fabrication, handling of equipments.
 Construction activities are expected to produce noise levels in the range of 80 –
95 dB (A).
4.1.2.2 Roadway Construction Noise Model (RCNM)
Irrigation projects are almost similarly like road projects in terms of construction activities.
Hence, RCNM was used to calculate the noise levels for different construction equipments with
respect to the nearby habitation. "The Roadway Construction Noise Model, Federal Highway
Administration, US is a new, state-of-the-art computer program that enables the prediction of
construction noise levels for a variety of construction operations based on a compilation of
empirical data and the application of acoustical propagation formulas. The program enables the
calculation of construction noise levels in more detail than manual methods while avoiding the
need to collect extensive amounts of project-specific input data"21.
Keeping in view of baseline noise levels near lift location, RCNM model was run for different
construction equipments from the base noise monitoring station. The model results are given
below.
Table 4.1 Noise levels of common construction equipments
Calculated Calculated Calculated Calculated (dBA)
Sl.
Equipment (dBA) for N1 (dBA) for N2 (dBA) for N3 for N4
No
Lmax Leq Lmax Leq Lmax Leq Lmax Leq
1. Concrete Mixer Truck 44.4 40.4 48.5 44.5 48.5 44.5 48.5 44.5
2. Generator(<25KVA) 38.4 35.4 42.5 39.5 42.5 39.5 42.5 39.5
3. Concrete Pump Truck 47 40 51.1 44.1 51.1 44.1 51.1 44.1
4. Drill Rig Truck 44.7 37.7 48.8 41.8 48.8 41.8 48.8 41.8
5. Dump Truck 42 38.1 46.1 42.2 46.1 42.2 46.1 42.2
6. Excavator 46.3 42.3 50.4 46.4 50.4 46.4 50.4 46.4
7. Concrete Batch Plant 48.6 40.4 52.7 44.4 52.7 44.4 52.7 44.4
8. Blasting 59.6 39.6 63.7 43.7 63.7 43.7 63.7 43.7
9. Compactor (ground) 48.8 41.8 52.9 45.9 52.9 45.9 52.9 45.9
10 Pickup Truck 40.6 36.6 44.7 40.7 44.7 40.7 44.7 40.7
11 Rock Drill 46.6 39.6 50.7 43.7 50.7 43.7 50.7 43.7
12 Roller 45.6 38.6 49.7 42.7 49.7 42.7 49.7 42.7
13 Tractor 49.6 45.6 53.7 49.7 53.7 49.7 53.7 49.7
Based on the model results, it can be concluded that, the noise levels during construction period
are within the CPCB standards and hence, there is no impact on Ainapur village which is located
at a distance of 800 km from the lift location.
4.1.2.3 Mitigation Measures
 DG sets are placed on the rubber cushion padding, enclosed and maintained well
in good condition. It is encased and barricaded & taken to all places where it will
be used. This reduces the noise level in and around the source by 4 dB.
21
https://www.its.dot.gov/environment/noise/construction_noise/handbook/handbook01.cfm
 Ear plugs must be provided to all employees and laborers while working,
irrespective of the noise levels as protection, to receive the noise and as well as
exposure of the same for a longer period.
 During construction time, possible chances of number of trucks coming to the
project area is more carrying debris, muck etc and the drivers of these vehicles
must be instructed with sign boards and not to use shrill horns for any purpose.
 Silent Zone boards must be installed at all places where human activities are
there along with proper training to them to handle various equipments, tools and
other related items.
 Personal protective equipments like ear plugs must be distributed to all and
compulsorily workers are made to use the same.
 Acoustic hoods, silencers are used at these locations and these noise generating
sources are kept under enclosures.
 Supervisory staff must check and monitor to ensure the workers to follow all the
above said measures while at work.
 Controlled blasting will be undertaken wherever necessary to minimize the noise
even though it is cost effective.
4.1.2.4 Vibration
 Since there are no heavy machineries are used, the vibration does not occur
during construction.
 However, wherever the heavy equipments are used, which can generate
vibration; rubber beadings and proper support to the ground with thick blankets
of rubber mats are preferred.
4.1.3 Water Environment
4.1.3.1 Sources of water pollution
 Improper treatment of sewage from labor camps leads to infiltration into the
subsurface soil and finally affects the ground water.
 There will be creation of unaesthetic conditions in the site, attracts
mosquitoes/flies, thereby chances of deteriorating the health of the workers in
unhygienic conditions.
 Improper disposal of construction debris, used oil, diesel for DG sets, etc will
result in ground water contamination and in turn affecting drainage of the area.
 Spillage of excavated earth during construction of intake canal leads to turbidity
of river water.
 The sewage generated from the labour camps shall be treated in the Septic Tank
and Soak Pits designed and constructed as per IS 2470 Part-I & Part-II.
 There will be no open discharge of sewage from labour camps and the labour
camps will be provided with sufficient bathrooms and toilets. Periodical health
check-ups for labors will be done.
 Construction debris will be reused at site; used oil generated from the DG sets
will be stored separately and handed over to authorized recyclers.
 During construction of intake canal, the river course and the point of contact of
intake canal will be provided with sand bags
4.1.4 Soil Environment

4.1.4.1 Estimation of Soil Loss
A number of methods for assessing soil loss have been developed. They range from simple,
qualitative models to elaborate watershed simulations. Qualitative models rely on subjective
evaluation of a series of criteria. Watershed simulation models are often very theoretical. Several
empirical models also are available and most models are best suited for estimating erosion from
very large areas (more than 1 sq mile) and lack precision for use on small sites such as
construction sites. The universal soil loss equation (USLE) is given by,
A = RKLSCP --------- Eqn (1)
Where,
A = is computed Soil loss per unit area expressed in the units selected fork and for the period
selected for R. In practice, these are usually so selected that they compute A in m tons /ha/year,
but other units can be selected.
R = the Rainfall erosivity, is the number of rainfall erosion index units for a particular location.
K = the Soil erodibility is the soil loss rate per erosion index unit for a specified soil as measured
on a unit plot , which is defined as 21.13 mtr (72.6 ft)length of uniform 9 percent of slope
continuously in cleaned tilled fallow.
L = The Slope Length factor, is the ratio of soil loss from the field slope length to that from
21.13 mtr (72, 6 ft) under identical conditions.
S = the slope steepness factor, is the ratio of soil loss from field slope gradient to that from a 9
percent of slope under otherwise identical conditions.
C = the Cover and management factor is the ratio of soil loss from an area with specified cover
and management to that from an identical area in tilled continuous fallow.
P = the support practice factor, is the ratio of soil loss with a support practice like contouring,
strip cropping or terracing to that with straight row farming up and down the slope.
 Erosion Index (EI30) Values on Storm Basis
The rainfall erosion index R is a measure of the erosive force and intensity of rain in a normal
year. The two components of the factor are the total energy E and the maximum 30-minutes
intensity (I30) for all the storms in an area during an average year. Values of R have been
computed for the various regions in India and abroad from rainfall records and probability
statistics, and hence R should not be considered as a precise factor for any given year or
location.
The energy of the rainstorm is a function of the amount of rain and all the storms component
intensities. Median raindrop size increases with the rain intensity and terminal velocities of free
falling water drops increases with increased drop size. Since the energy of the given mass in
motion is proportional to velocity-squared, the rainfall energy is directly related to rain intensity.
The relationship in metric units is expressed by the equation, where KE is the kinetic energy in
metre tones / ha-cm and is the rainfall intensity in cm /hr.
The index values (EI30), for each storm was determined. The product term EI was expressed
as:
EI30 = (KE x I30) / 100 ----------- Equation (1)
Where
EI30 = Erosion Index
KE is Kinetic Energy of the storm
I30 = maximum 30 minutes Rainfall intensity of the storm
For computing Kinetic Energy of Rain storm the equation proposed by Wishmeier (1959) is
KE=916+331
log I -------------------Equation (2)
Where
KE = Kinetic Energy of the storm in foot tons per acre inch and
I = Rainfall intensity in inch per hour
The Equation (2) has been modified into metric units by Wishmeier & Mannering (1965) and
Ranganath,et al., (1970) the equation in metric units is:
KE = 210.3 + 89 log I ---------- Equation (3)
Where,
EI30 is the erosion index
KE is the total storm kinetic energy in tonnes – m/ha
I30 is the maximum 30 minutes intensity of rainstorm.
The monthly, seasonal and yearly EI values will be determined by adding the storm EI values for
that length of period.
 Soil Erodibility Factor (K)
The soil erodibility factor K is a measure of the susceptibility of soil particle detachment and
transport by rainfall and runoff. Texture is the principal factor affecting K, but structure, organic
matter and permeability also contribute K values ranging from 0.45 to 0.59.
 Nomograph Method
The United States Department of Agriculture (1978) has suggested a Nomograph and the
following equation for the determination of soil erodibility for soils containing less than 70% silt
and very fine sand:
100K = 2.1M1.14 x 10-4 (12-a) +3.25 (b-2) +2.5(c-3) -------- Eqn (4)
Where, K is the soil erodibility factor,
M is the particle size parameter which is equal to: (percent silt + very fine sand) / (100% clay),
‘a’ is the percentage of organic matter content,
‘b’ is the soil structure and
‘c’ is the profile permeability class.
The preferred method for determining K values is the nomograph method. Use of the
nomograph requires a particle size. The soil samples collected from the field were characterizes
carefully for estimating, the K values.
 Determination of LS
Since the LS factor has a considerable effect on predicted erosion, care in figuring values for the
factor is warranted. In particular, results of the soil loss calculation will be more accurate if the
USLE is individually applied to portions of a site with similar slopes (similar gradient and length)
and summing the individual soil loss estimates. Slope gradient is the field or segment slopes,
usually expressed as percentage. The topographic component, LS, was evaluated by using the
contour length method for large watersheds.
LS was calculated base on the following equation
LS = (L)m / 22.1(0.065 + 0.0454S + 0.0065 S2) --------- Eqn (5)
Where,
LS = Average length slope component

L = Slope length in meters
S = Average watershed slope in percent and
m = Exponent (m= 0.2 if slope < 1%)
 Evaluation of Cropping Management Factor (C)
The cover factor C is defined as the ratio of soil loss from land under specified crop or mulch
conditions to the corresponding loss from tilled, bare soil. In the USLE, the C factor reduces the
soil loss estimate according to the effectiveness of vegetation and mulch at preventing
detachment and transport of soil particles. On activity sites, recommended control practices
include the seeding of grasses and the use of mulches. These measures are often considered
“temporary” -they are designed to control erosion primarily during the activity period. Permanent
landscaping may be added later, or temporary erosion control plants may be left as a permanent
cover. Any product that reduces the amount of soil exposed to raindrop impact will reduce
erosion.
The cropping management factor, C is computed as follows:
C= Σn Ci Ai / A ------- Eqn (6)
Where,
C is the cropping management factor for the watershed
Ci is the cropping management factor for crop i,
Ai is the drainage basin area growing crop i with a particular management level,
n is the number of land use areas in the watershed, and
A is total watershed area.
 Evaluation of Support Practice Factor (P)
The erosion control practice factor P is defined as the ratio of soil loss with a given surface
condition to soil loss with up and down hill plowing. Practices that reduce the velocity of runoff
and the tendency of runoff to flow directly down slope reduce the P factor. In agricultural uses
of the USLE, P is used to describe plowing and tillage practices. In activity site applications, P
reflects the roughening of the soil surface by tractor treads or by rough grading.
In computing the P factor, land cover conditions are considered depending upon the cultivated
and uncultivated area of the watershed. In addition, slope is also considered as a key factor in
assigning the value. For the study area, a P factor considered is 0.6 for terraced agricultural land
having slope less than 2% and for the rest of the land having a slope more than 2%, a value of
0.5 is assigned. The soil loss estimated for the watershed covering under Basaveshwara Lift
Irrigation Scheme is tabulated in the Table below.
Table 4.2 Sub catchment/Watershed and codification of study area
Sl no Watershed Name (Sub-catchment) Watershed Code
1 Malabad 4D7F3A
2 Kiranagi 4D7F3B
3 Shivanur 4D7F3C
4 Terahatti 4D7F3D
5 Parthanahalli 4D7F3E
6 Madhabavi 4D7F3F
7 Muragundi 4D7F3H
8 Kauthagudda 4D7F3I
9 Kempawadi 4D7F3J
10 Chabukasarwadi 4D7F4B
11 Shambargi 4D7F4C
12 Kurlahatti 4D7F4D
13 Singanapur South 4D7F4E
14 Naganur 4D7F4F
15 Ananthapur 4D7F4G
Table 4.3 Watershed Details of Basaveshwara LIS, Athani Taluk; Belagavi District
Region Basin Catchment Sub catchment Watershed Sub Watershed
LB Krishna upto confl.wth Agrani 2 4D7F3A,3B,3C
confluences with Bhīma Yerla near Sangli (4D7F) (4D7F3) 3D,3E,3F,3H
Main Krishna above
Bay of Bengal(4)
3I & 3J (Nos 9)
Krishna (4D)
Agrani 1 4D7F4B,4C
(4D7)
(4D7F4) 4D,4E,4F& 4G
RB along Krishna upto confl. (Nos 6)
And Panchaganga(4D7E)
Table 4.4 Estimation of soil loss in Watersheds

Watershed R K LS C P A(Tons/ha)
4D7F3A 2.25 0.558 1.112 0.29 0.5 A(Tons/ha)
4D7F3B 2.5 0.238 0.51 0.28 0.555 5.54
4D7F3C 2.55 0.52 0.702 0.292 0.5 7.94
4D7F3D 2.75 0.58 1.221 0.286 0.5 7.72
4D7F3E 2.65 0.52 0.732 0.258 0.5 7.06
4D7F3F 2.85 0.53 1.463 0.282 0.55 6.56
4D7F3H 2.87 0.45 1.411 0.27 0.55 6.34
4D7F3I 2.22 0.46 1.448 0.28 0.52 6.34
4D7F3J 2.26 0.45 1.323 0.321 0.55 7.94
4D7F4B 2.38 0.5 1.123 0.276 0.6 5.54
4D7F4C 2.75 0.56 1.423 0.281 0.51 7.94
4D7F4D 2.6 0.53 0.78 0.283 0.52 7.72
4D7F4E 2.66 0.52 0.702 0.272 0.51 7.06
4D7F4F 2.45 0.263 0.59 0.265 0.53 6.56
4D7F4G 2.78 0.273 0.6 0.274 0.52 6.34
Fig 4.5 Soil loss factors and actual soil loss

Estimated Soil Erodibility Index = 6.8

Estimated potential soil erodibility is 6.8, which is less than 8 and therefore it is inferred that this
is a moderately erodable land.
 Sedimentation Studies
Erosion, transportation and deposition of sediments are natural processes controlled by
geological, climatic, physical, vegetative and other related conditions all through the geological
times. However, during the present century, because of deforestation and urbanization the rate
of transport of sediments from the watersheds and siltation pose substantial environmental
problems and before equilibrium conditions are reached, additional problems are likely to arise.
One of the major problems noticed in agricultural watersheds is that the crop productivity
reduces to zero or becomes uneconomical, because of soil erosion (Walling, 1988). There are
many theories which can be used to evaluate sediment movements in rivers. It is essential that
functional relationship between various physical, geomorphic and sediment related parameters
are developed, such that the magnitude of sediment eroded from watershed can be estimated.
The increase in sediment yield from the watershed will have an impact on the watershed itself
and on the river system and associated reservoirs. The impact of eroded soil on natural system
is varied and widespread. The sediment particulates eroded from the watershed move in the
downstream directly and in the process, influence the drainage channels, flood plains, river
beds, wetlands and lakes.
The key factors which affect the sediment yield from drainage basin are:
 Hydrology: Rainfall and runoff
 Catchment characteristics: Size of the catchment, slope of the catchment and
length of the overland flow.
 Soil characteristics: Soil erodibility, soil transportability, soil texture and structure.
 Nature of drainage network and drainage density.
 Land use cover: Plant canopy, mulches and plant residues.
 Management practices: Tillage, soil conservation structures, terraces, diversions
and bunds.
Of all the factors listed above rainfall and runoff provide the basic energy input to drive the
erosion process. Steepness of slope plays an important role in the process of erosion. Soil
properties such as soil texture, structure and the land cover, i.e., plant residue, mulches etc
have a major role in erosion process.
At the outset, it is clear that, the process of sedimentation is a matter of serious concern in
irrigation projects, because it reduces the storage capacity, water supply capability, power
generation, discharge control etc of reservoirs, rivers/catchments. The erosion of the catchments
changes the ground water regime and results in lowering of water table in some places and rise
at the formation of arid zone and marshes respectively. The fertility of the soil, its chemical
composition also changes due to catchment erosion.
 Sedimentation Index
An estimate of sediment index must be developed to provide a basis for comparison with
management induced sediment yield predictions. The best source of this information is actual
long term real data of sediment yield. Another possible source is data from similar or related
watersheds.
 Stream Flow and Suspended Sediment Load
Although there is a definite variation in sediment transport rate in a natural stream at a
particular location, still there exists a good relationship between the sediment load of the stream
and certain hydro- morphological factors. The factors which are considered important in
estimating sediment yield of a catchment are drainage area, annual water discharge, relief ratio,
mean stream length and total stream length etc.
Regression analysis was carried out to know the relation between discharges and sediment load
in Basaveshwara lift irrigation project area. The relationship has been found to be,
Y=7.47*10-6 x+3401.28, with r=0.97
Where, Y= suspended sediment load in tones/year
X=stream flow in m3/year (monsoon flow only).
 General Sediment Loads
Sediment Types Total load in percent (by weight)

Coarse (Sand) 40.2
Medium (silt) 35.0
Fine (Clay) 24.8
It is observed a fairly relationship exists between annual discharge and annual sediment load
and hence the problems of sedimentation is not much encountered in the proposed
Basaveshwara lift irrigation project.
4.1.5 Land use assessment
4.1.5.1 Anticipated impacts
4.1.5.1.1 Impacts on the natural drainage system and soil erosion
There shall not be any affects in the core or buffer area either on the drainage or on the water
regime of the area. KNNL will undertake afforestation using native species to prevent top soil
erosion. However we proposed to construct check dams with gully plugs, retaining walls against
slope coming in command area of Krishna river basin.
4.1.5.1.2 Loss of productive soil and impact on natural drainage system
The majority of the land coming in buffer area is belonging to crop land. The proposed project
doesn’t affect the land use or drainage of the area. The project proponent won’t acquire
additional land for the proposed project, so it has any impact on soil/land of the buffer area.
 Top soil patches are scattered with thickness varying from 5cm to 50 cm. This
soil will be removed in advance and staked separately at designated area with a
height not exceeding 2m.
 Select soil stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways and approach
road points.
 Temporary seeding - protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding preferably
grass and legume species as soon as possible, within 30 days after the formation
of the stockpile.
 Permanent vegetation - if stockpiles will not be used within 12 months they
should be stabilized with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weeds.
 Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control structures
such as diversions, dikes, waterways and sediment basins.
 Maintain grades on the areas to be top soiled according to the approved plan.
 Roughening - Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by
disking or scarifying to a depth of at least 100 mm to ensure bonding of the
topsoil and subsoil.
Belagavi District, Karnatak
Fig 4.6 Sub watersheds within the study area
4.1.6 Solid & Hazardous Environment

4.1.6.1 Sources of pollution
 Improper mainatainence of excavated earth and dumping of muck, boulders, etc
into the river affects natural flow regime.
 Improper management of domestic solid waste from labor camps and dumping
near water bodies leads to water pollution.
 Excavated soil earth shall be fully utilised for various construction activities such
as inspection path, stabilization of embankments, land leveling, etc.
 Labor camps should be 1 Km away from the river course and domestic solid
waste from labor camps will be collected in different bins and handed over to the
Belagavi Municipal Authority.
4.1.7 Impact on Hydrology & Geology
4.1.7.1 Geological Environment
As the project site i.e. lift point / Jack well is proposed in the Krishna River the litho unit
covering the lift point is Basalt. There is no structure proposed or disturb the natural course.
Only through pipes water is drawn in to the jack well where pump sets are installed to raise the
water to raising mains and distribute through drips to farmers. All the pipe lines are laid beneath
the weathered zone and properly reclaimed on top so that agriculture practices can be carried
out.As such there is no disturbance or alteration to the local Geology.
4.1.7.2 Water Environment
4.1.7.2.1 Changes in surface and Groundwater quality
The quality of both surface and groundwater may also deteriorate in regard to the labour camps
likely to be developed during the construction phase if proper solid waste management practices
are adopted. Improper treatment of sewage from labour camps leads to infiltration into soil and
finally affects groundwater regime. This will create accumulation dirty water over which
mosquitoes and other flies to flourish thereby affecting the health of workers. Improper disposal
of debris, used oil, faulty and replaced spares, Tyres and Tubes and Diesel for DG sets will result
in surface and groundwater contamination and in turn affects the drainage of the area. As such
proper housekeeping programme needs to be formulated for proper disposal of solid and liquid
wastes.
During the operation phase, irrational use of pesticides and fertilizers leads to leaching and lead
to surface water pollution to some extent. The formation of roads will affect the drainage system
as such road laying is to be properly planned protecting the natural drainages by leaving
sufficient buffer zone of 7.5m on either side.
The baseline status of water quality in the command area has been established through
sampling and analysis of various water quality parameters as part of the baseline environmental
monitoring. Water samples collected from 13 locations in the command area including the buffer
zone of 10.00 Kms radius of the proposed jack well during the study period. The prime objective
of the baseline water quality study was to establish the existing water quality in the study area
and to evaluate the anticipated impact of the proposed project on water quality and to suggest
appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. This will also be useful for assessing the
conformity to the standards of water quality during the construction and implementation/
operational phase of the project.
4.1.7.3 Seismic Tectonics
Seismic activity with respect to the proposed jack well site was studied at the possibility during
the post project scenario. It was observed that no major earth quakes occurred in the region
during the past 50 years. However, the recent recorded major earth quake to the project site
was in Later, Maharashtra.
4.1.7.4Major impact on Groundwater
 As the agricultural practices flourish with availability of water usage of pesticides
and application of fertilizers will naturally increase as such the soil quality
deterioration is anticipated.
 The recharge to aquifer will be boosted once extensive agriculture is practiced a
portion of water will be infiltrated in to ground recharging the aquifers.
 As the drawl of water is minimized the water table will rise and many of the
boreholes yield substantial water.
 The sewage generated from the labour camps shall be treated in septic tank and
soak pits designed and constructed as per IS 2470 Part-I and domestic solid
waste shall be disposed to nearby panchayat/municipal landfills. Frequent
monitoring of surface and groundwater shall be carried out not to deteriorate the
water in the river.
 The discharges and leakages of septic tank and soak pits have to arrest by
regularly repairing and arrest of malfunctioning.
 The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof barrels
and then disposed off to KSPCB authorized dealers.
 BOD and COD limits of the water shall be checked regularly as part of EMP to
monitor eutrophication.
 Restrictions on time, method and rate of application of fertilizers and pesticides
shall be imposed to avoid surface run-off and leaching on to the groundwater
regime.
 Since the project is run-off the river scheme the flow of river will not be
disturbed.
 Conjunctive use of groundwater.
 Resort to drip/ sprinkler irrigation storing in small sumps.
 Artificial recharge of the aquifers by construction of suitable harvesting structures
like farm ponds, nala bunds, check dams and also desilting of tanks.
 Scientific development of groundwater exploitation.
4.1.8 Impact on Biological Environment
A total 438 Ha area (includes, barrage site & Canals) is going to be acquired for the proposed
project area. There is no reserve forest either in barrage or in proposed canal area of the
project. Also there were no trees coming in proposed barrage site and canal area. Hence we can
safely conclude that it won’t have any impact on biodiversity of the area.
4.1.8.1 Predicted project impacts on Flora and Fauna
Over time, a number of EIA methodologies and tools have been developed for use in impact
identification. In practice, relatively simple methodologies and tools are applied to impact
identification. Vast experience of the experts in the field indicates these simple methods are of
proven value for undertaking a systematic approach to impact identification. Checklists,
matrices, networks, overlays and geographic information systems (GIS), expert systems, and
professional judgment are the most common formal methods used for impact identification.
The impacts may further be divided in to reversible or irreversible; direct or indirect; severe,
moderate or light depending on magnitude; short term or long term depending on duration of
impacts. Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as
long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the
proposed port activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are
considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna concerned are:
 Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity?
 Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation?
 Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or
endemic or threatened (REET) species?
 Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)
disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations
in predator-prey relationships?
 Whether it is possible to attain the global objectives of ‘no net loss of
biodiversity?
 Whether it is possible to improve the biological diversity through the proposed
activity?
Parameter based ecological sensitivity score of the core and buffer areas is shown in Table . It is
evident from the information in table that neither the core area nor the buffer area of the
project site is ecologically sensitive. The different parameters and the parameter importance
based criteria used for evaluation of impacts are shown in below table. Based on the above it
may be concluded that no impact from the proposed project on flora and fauna of the
region.Table 4.6 Parameter based ecological sensitivity of the study area
Parameter Importance scale Weightage Impact of BLIS
Catch-ment Command area
Wildlife Number of Schedule-I & II (> 20 100
importance numbers)
(Threatened Number of Schedule-I & II (10-20 50
species*) numbers)
Number of Schedule-I & II (<10 25 25 <25
numbers)
Endemic flora High(>10 species) 100
Medium(5-10 species) 50
Low(<5 species) 25 0 0
Endemic fauna High(>10 species) 100
Medium(5-10 species) 50
Low(<5 species) 25 0 0
State of Relatively undisturbed forest 100 0
terrestrial ( Govt/private)
vegetation Totally managed estate with three type 50
of vegetation
Totally managed estate such as coffee 25
and cardamom
Agricultural land with crops such as 0 0
coconut
State of Relatively undisturbed wetland visited 100
wetland by migratory waterfowl
vegetation Relatively undisturbed wetland not 50 25
known to be visited by migratory
waterfowl
Other wetlands with frequent human 25 <25
activity
Agricultural land with crops such as 10 0
paddy
Legal status National Park 100
Wildlife sanctuary 50
Reserve forest/wetland 25
Agricultural land 0 0 0
Conservation Location unique in terms of habitat( 100
importance world heritage site) or species
Habitat although present elsewhere is 75
under threat in those places
Habitat present elsewhere and is not 50
under any serious threat
Habitat is very common elsewhere 25 25 0
Parameter based sensitivity score out of a maximum of 700 50 50
4.2 Impacts during Operation phase

4.2.1 Application of fertilizers and pesticides
Farmers use fertilizers and pesticides for irrigated crops like Maize and sugarcane. The doses of
fertilizer are usually as per recommendation of package of practice. It is always safe to apply
fertilizer as per soil test result. A balance dose of fertilizer boosts the yield especially in the case
of hybrid crops. Sugarcane is one such crop, which needs higher doses of fertilizer since it is a
feeder crop and yield of sugarcane usually depends on the higher balance doses of fertilizers.
There is an increasing tendency to use compound and mixed fertilizers like DAP 17:17:17,
19:19:19 and Ammonium Phosphate 20:20 etc., as they provide most of the important nutrients
in a balanced proportion. Urea is being recommended and is being used in command area for
paddy crop. Almost all the farmers are aware of the benefits of the use of fertilizer in balanced
doses. The standard fertilizers recommended are in the ratio of 1:2:4 for NPK per hectare of
crops.
The popular pesticides and insecticides, which are being used by farmers of the command area,
are Monocrotophos, Quinolphos, Carbandygium, Pyrathroides (sinnerin), Malathion dust,
Wettable sulphur, Carbaryl and Capton.
Table 4.5 Proposed Fertilizers and Pesticides for BLIS command area
Quantity of* Quantity of
Proposed* Total Quantity of Total Quantity of
Cropping fertilizer pesticide
Cropped Area Fertilizers required Pesticides required
Pattern required required
(Ha) (Tonnes/year) (Gallons/year)
(Tonnes) (Gallons)
Kharif 27462 1628 3051 1628 3051
Note: Existing fertilizer usage = 35.2 Kg/acre/year

Proposed usage of Fertilizer = 24 Kg/acre/year, as per Ange, (1992) &; FAO, (1993);
*Based on biannual cropping
The existing usage of fertilizer per acre is 35.2 kg/acre/year, which exceeds the limits prescribed
by the FAO, 1993. The total quantity of fertilizer and pesticide required for the proposed
cropping area is 1628 tonnes/year and 3051 gallons/year respectively.
4.2.2 Mitigation measures
The micro irrigation systems require lesser consumption of pesticides and fertilizers when
compared to conventional irrigation systems. Optimum quantity of nutrients will be provided to
the crops as per Package of Practices (POP) and this will not be increased to the National
standards. However, necessary training will be imparted to water users associations by
developing organic farming demonstration plots with the help of Agricultural scientists for
enabling the farmers to switch over to Organic farming in the long run.
4.3 Evaluation of Impacts

Matrix method was used to identify interactions between various project activities and
environmental parameters and components. Later, a weightage of 1-10 shall be given to the
impacts based on the significance of the impacts. The impacts are quantified ‘with’ and ‘without’
EMP. The criteria adopted for weightage are given below;
Table 4.6 Criteria for evaluation of impacts
Sl.No Criteria Score
1 Minor impact 1-2
2 Medium impact 3-4
3 Significant impact 5-8
4 Major impact 9-10
Table 4.7 Evaluation of Impacts

Nature of Impacts
Without EMP
Environmental
Sl.No Project Activities
Irreversible
Short Term
Long Term
Magnitude
Reversible
Attributes
With EMP
Negative
Indirect
Positive
Direct
A. Construction Phase
1.Impacts on Land Environment
Construction of intake
canal, pump house and M    
1 Land rising main
Excavation for canal H    
Vehicular movement M    
Construction of intake
Change in
2 canal, pump house and M -   -  
Topography
rising main
Construction site,
temporary offices, workers M    
Loss of camps, stockyards
3
Productive Soil Construction of Haul roads L    
Excavation for canal H    
Compaction of Site Clearance L    
4 Movement of vehicles
Soil L    
Machinery and operation
Contamination of of the Diesel Generator M    
5 Sets
Soil
Labor camps H    
2. Impacts on Water Environment
1 Eutrophication Sewage from labor camp H    
Nature of Impacts
Without EMP
Environmental
Irreversible
Short Term
Long Term
Magnitude
Reversible
Attributes
With EMP
Negative
Indirect
Positive
Direct
Muck disposal H    
Construction of Intake
canal, jack well cum pump M    
house, sumps, disnets
Diversion of river water H    
Change in River
2 Decomposition of
Water Quality
sediments and deposition M    
of organic matter
Washing of equipments L    
Muck disposal M    
Change in
surface and
3 Sewage from labor camp H    
ground water
quality
3. Impacts on Air Environment
Increase in dust Construction equipments,
M    
1 concentration operation of DG sets,
Excavation H    
Vehicular movement H    
Fugitive Loading and dislodging
2 Emissions from Use of sand, fine M    
various sources aggregates
Batching plant M    
Vehicular movement M    
Increase in SO2,
Operation of DG sets M    
PM, NOx
3 Fuel Combustion in
M    
equipments and Vehicles
Nature of Impacts
Without EMP
Environmental
Irreversible
Short Term
Long Term
Magnitude
Reversible
Attributes
With EMP
Negative
Indirect
Positive
Direct
Burning of fuels from
M    
construction workers
Impact on
4 Emission of Dust particles M    
Human Health
4. Impact on Noise Environment
1 Increase Noise Movement of vehicles M    
Level Operation of D.G sets L    
Movement of vehicles
M    
carrying raw materials
5. Impact on Biological Environment
1 Pressure on Immigration of labor
existing natural population L    
resources
2 Reduced Transportation of
M    
Photosynthetic construction materials
activity, Wilting
Site Clearance M    
of plants
3. Impacts on Increase in turbidity of
Fishes and water due to Washing of M    
Aquatic machineries
Ecosystem Sewage from labor camp H    
6. Impact on Socio-economic Environment
1 Land acquisition Affecting livelihood H    
Due to water/air borne
Impact on
2 diseases, traffic H    
Human Health
movement
B. Operation Phase
Nature of Impacts
Without EMP
Environmental
Irreversible
Short Term
Long Term
Magnitude
Reversible
Attributes
With EMP
Negative
Indirect
Positive
Direct
Impacts on Land Application of natural
1 H    
Environment fertilizers and pesticides
Impact on water Application of fertilizers
2 M    
environment and pesticides
Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives

The command area villages are deprived of irrigation facilites from the existing Ainapur LIS project. The eastern side of the command area is covered
under Halyal and Karimasuti LIS. Thus, the villages under the proposed command area are deprived of irrigation facilities. In order to provide
irrigation to these deprived villages Basaveshwara Lift Irrigation scheme has been proposed.
Fig 5.1 Google map showing proposed BLIS Command Area and surrounding irrigated areas
Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Program

The purpose of the monitoring programme is to ensure that the objectives of the project is achieved through the mitigation measures and result in
desired benefits to environment and local population of the region. To ensure the effective implementation of the EMP, it is essential to carryout
environment monitoring programmers given below.
Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program for Construction phase
Environmental Parameters to be Monitored Frequency of Locations Responsibility Estimated
Parameters Monitoring Cost in Rs.
pH, Temperature, EC, TDS
Fortnightly Near Lift Point
Surface water Alkalinity, TH, DO, BOD,
once until (Ainapura), Down stream and Contractors or agencies
quality of COD, NO3, PO4, Cl, SO4, Na, 20,000/-
completion of Upstream of lift point appointed by KNNL
Krishna river K, Ca, Mg, Silica, Oil &
Intake canal (3 No.)
grease, MPN, Total coliform
pH, Temperature, EC, TDS
Alkalinity, TH,NO3, PO4, Cl, Agrani, Ananthapur, Gundewadi,
Ground water Once in a Contractors or agencies
SO4, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Silica, Shirur 30,000/-
quality month appointed by KNNL
Oil & grease, MPN, Total (4 Nos.)
coliform
lift point –Ainapur, Masarguppi, Agrani
pH, EC, Mg, Ca, Alkalinity,
– Ingalgaon, Shivanoor, Gundewadi,
Cl, Na, K, Organic Carbon, Once in a Contractors or agencies
Soil Quality Bevanoor, Anantpur, Khilegaon, 38,500/-
K, PO4, SAR, N and month appointed by KNNL
Pandegaon, Sambaragi, Madabhavi
Salinity
(11 Nos.)
Lift point - Ainapur, Agrani –
Contractors or agencies
Air Quality PM10, PM2.5, NO2 and SO2 Monthly Ingalgaon, Malabad, 37,000/-
appointed by KNNL
Pandegaon (4 Nos.)
Monthly once
until Lift point - Ainapur, Agrani –
Contractors or agencies
Noise Levels Leq Day, Leq Night in dB(A) completion of Ingalgaon, Malabad, Pandegaon (4 22,000/-
appointed by KNNL
construction Nos.)
works
Sub-Total / month 1,47,500/-
Sub-Total A - For 24 months 35,40,000/-
Aquatic life Limnological and biological Six monthly Near lift point Contractors or agencies 2,00,000/-
Environmental Parameters to be Monitored Frequency of Locations Responsibility Estimated

Parameters Monitoring Cost in Rs.
studies once until (1 No.) appointed by KNNL
completion
Spirometry, Pulse Oxymetry,
Six monthly
Health check Blood Test, Lung Function Labor camp Contractors or Doctors / PHC
once until 3,00,000/-
ups Test, Eye test, Physical (1 No.) appointed by KNNL
completion
fitness tests
Sub-Total / 6 month 5,00,000/-
Sub-Total B - For 24 months 20,00,000/-
Total 55,40,000/-
Table 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Program for Operation phase (3 years)

Environmental Parameters to be Frequency of Locations Responsibility Estimated
Parameters Monitored Monitoring Cost in Rs.
pH, Temperature,
EC, TDS (Near Lift
Alkalinity, TH, DO, Point), Down
Surface water Quarterly Agencies
BOD, COD, NO3, stream and
quality of once for 3 appointed by 20,000/-
PO4, Cl, SO4, Na, Upstream of lift
Krishna river years KNNL
K, Ca, Mg, Silica, point
Oil & grease, MPN, (3 No.)
Total coliform
lift point –
Ainapur,
Masarguppi,
Agrani –
Ingalgaon,
pH, EC, Mg, Ca,
Shivanoor,
Alkalinity, Cl, Na, Quarterly Agencies
Gundewadi,
Soil Quality K, Organic Carbon, once for 3 appointed by 38,500/-
Bevanoor,
K, PO4, SAR, N years KNNL
Anantpur,
and Salinity
Khilegaon,
Pandegaon,
Sambaragi,
Madabhavi (11
Nos.)
Sub-Total /3 months once 58,500/-
Sub-Total A for 3 years 7,02,000/-
Near intake Agencies
Limnological and Yearly once
Aquatic life canal appointed by 1,50,000/-
biological studies for 3 years
(1 No.) KNNL
Sub-Total B for 3 years 4,50,000/-
Total 11,52,000/-
Based on the above and as per the guidelines of MoEF under the supervision of Executive
Engineer, HBC Division, KNNL, Athani, six monthly compliance reports shall be submitted to
Regional Office of MoEF, Bengaluru.
In order to verify the effectiveness of monitoring program, Regional Office, MoEF, Bengaluru
and Regional Office, KSPCB, Belagavi will be the enforcing agency to monitor the project
activities.
Chapter 7. Additional Studies

7.1 Social Impact Assessment
The Project is planned to provide irrigation facility to 27,462Ha of land benefitting 22 villages in
Belagavi district during Kharif season. The total land required for the construction of intake
canals, delivery chamber and two major gravity canals viz South Canal of 3.68 Km length and
North Canal of 59.52 Km length will be 438 ha. There is no submergence of land in this project.
But the Inter-State boundary of Maharashtra is located at a distance of one Km from the
boundary of the command area and hence the project attracts general condition as mentioned in
the Environmental Impact Notification -2006 and its subsequent ‘A’ category’.
Agriculture is the back-bone of economy of the region, as entire population is dependent mainly
on it. Lack of adequate rainfall will break this back bone, leading to famine. Athani taluk lies in
rain-shadow area with an annual average rainfall of 687 mm. To minimize the dependence of
agriculture on Kharif season, Basaveshwara (Kempawad) Lift Irrigation Scheme has been
proposed by the Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd, Govt. of Karnataka to provide irrigation the
villages of Athani Taluk. This will provide stability to agriculture and thus improving the per
capita income and standard of living of the people. Command area benefited is 27,462 Ha
spread across 22 villages in Athani taluk, Belagavi district. The list of benefiting villages is given
below:
7.2 Need for Social Impact Assessment

The ToR approved by the Ministry of Environment and Forest, Govt of India clarified the need
for conducting social impact assessment studies as part of the Environmental Impact
assessment studies. This chapter attempts to assess the socio economic conditions of the people
in the villages in the project area and possible impact, both positive and negative, due to the
project with mitigative measures and suggestions for improvement.
7.3 Villages affected due to the project

One of the direct impacts of the project is Land acquisition and this project requires land from
20 villages as detailed in the Table No 7.1 below.
Table 7.1 Details of project impacted villages
Sl.No. Impacted villages Taluk & District Sl. No. Impacted Villages
1 Khilegaon 11 Bammanal
2 Ajur 12 Jambagi
3 Anathapur 13 Kallotti
4 Malabad 14 Kiranagi
Athani taluk,
5 Bevanoor Belagavi district 15 Aralihatti
6 Tawashi 16 Gundewadi
7 Naganur 17 Shivanoor
8 Shirur 18 Madabhavi
9 Sambaragi 19 Hanamapur
10 Aralihatti 20 Masarguppi
7.4 Brief history of the districts

The project impacts two Belagavi district. A brief history of these districts are summarized below
7.4.1 BelagaviDistrict
Belagavi is the Divisional Headquarters of North Karnataka. The ancient name of the town of
Belagavi was Venugrama, meaning Bamboo Village. It is also called as Malnad Pradesh. The
most ancient place in the district is Halsi.Yadur is situated beside Krishna River, there is famous
veerbhadra temple.
7.4.1.1 Highlights – 2011 census
 Belagavi is the largest district in the state with the total area of 13433 sq. km.
The district has a density of 356 and is placed at 8th rank in the State. Belagavi
District has the 1,275 number of villages, 18 Statutory Towns and 13 Census
Towns.
 Total population of Belagavi district is 47, 79,661 and it is the 2nd most
populous district in the State. The district ranks 1stin terms of rural population
and 3rd in terms of urban population.
 The district has a Sex ratio of 973 for general population and 934 among the
child population in the age-group 0-6. The proportion of child population, (0-6
age-group) is 13.1% in the district and ranks 9th in the State.
 The district has a literacy rate of 73.5 percent and the male literacy rate is 82.2
percent and the female literacy rate is 64.6 percent. The male – female literacy
gap in the district is 17.6 percentage points, which is higher than the male –
female literacy gap registered by the State.
 The district has registered a work participation of 44.1 percent .The work
participation rates for male and female population is 56.6 and 31.1 respectively.
 Among the total workers in the district 82.4 percent are Main workers and 17.6
percent are Marginal workers. Major work force of 64.6 percent is engaged in
Agricultural sector i.e., Cultivators (33.8 percent) and Agricultural Labourers
(30.8 percent).
 Cultivators constitute 33.8 percent of the total workers in the district and 2.9
percent of the total workers are engaged in Household Industry and 32.5 percent
are ‘Other workers’.
 About 55.9 percent of the total population in the district is non-workers.
7.5 Description of Socio Economic Environment

The socio-economic profile of the project impacted area was analyzed through compilation of
primary and secondary data. Primary survey was conducted deploying a team of qualified
surveyors and data was collected from PAPs through designed questionnaires (Annexure-8)
through house visits. The Consultant also visited the project site and had formal and informal
interactions with the various stakeholders. All the primary data so collected were compiled and
documented. The secondary data sources referred mainly are detailed below:
 District Census Handbook, 2011-Belagavi, series30, part XII B
 State Fact sheet-Karnataka 2012-13
 Census Data, 2011-Karnataka
7.5.1 Demographic profile of the project villages
Demographic profile of the project villages as per the Census data 2011 is discussed below;
7.5.1.1 Area and Number of Households
The land area of the project impacted villages and numbers of household’s are summarized in
Table 7.2.
Table 7.2 Details of the project villages

Sl. No. Impacted villages Taluk & district Area (Ha) Number of HH
1 Khilegaon 1235.51 739
2 Ajur 1561.32 587
3 Anantapur 4494.96 1655
4 Malabad 1624.71 836
5 Bevanoor 930.17 450
6 Tawashi 1187.67 471
7 Naganur 970.5 419
8 Shirur 1013.98 481
9 Sambaragi Athani taluk, 1670.69 874
10 Aralihatti Belagavi district 863.68 431
11 Bammanal 1013.74 279
12 Jambagi 1589.01 792
13 Kallotti 814.79 247
14 Kiranagi 1387.39 692
15 Balligeri 4118.35 925
16 Gundewadi 2306.86 958
17 Shivanoor 1238.17 505
18 Madabhavi 3265.14 619
19 Hanamapur 399.92 304
20 Masarguppi 806.17 372
Total 32492.73 12636
7.5.1.2 Population details
Total population of the 20 project influenced villages comes to be 68735 persons with an
average sex ratio of 954 females for 1000 males. The average sex ratio varies from the district
level sex ratio, which are 973 for adults. Variations in the villages are cited in Table 7.3.
Table 7.3 Population and sex ratio of the project impacted villages
Sl. No. Impacted villages Population details
Total Male Female Sex ratio
1 Khilegaon 3535 1785 1730 969
2 Ajur 2831 1432 1399 977
3 Anantapur 8123 4168 3955 949
4 Malabad 4117 2073 2044 986
5 Bevanoor 2312 1182 1130 956
6 Tawashi 2401 1225 1176 960
7 Naganur 2030 1047 983 939
8 Shirur 2385 1202 1183 984
9 Sambaragi 4116 2093 2023 967
10 Aralihatti 2148 1092 1056 967
11 Bammanal 1448 756 692 915
12 Jambagi 3653 1894 1759 929
13 Kallotti 1254 645 609 944
14 Kiranagi 3374 1749 1625 929
15 Balligeri 5096 2654 2442 920
16 Gundewadi 5176 2633 2543 966
17 Shivanoor 2650 1374 1276 929
18 Madabhavi 8119 4172 3947 946
19 Hanamapur 1836 949 887 935
20 Masarguppi 2131 1084 1047 966
Total 68735 35209 33506 952
Khilegaon
1000
Masarguppi Ajur
Hanamapur 980 Anantapur
960
Madabhavi 940 Malabad
920
Shivanoor 900 Bevanoor
880
Gundewadi 860 Tawashi sex ratio
Balligeri Naganur
Kiranagi Shirur
Kallotti Sambaragi
Jambagi Aralihatti
Bammanal
Fig 7.1 Sex ratio of Adults

Sex ratio among children below 6 years, on an average, is 937, and this is in tune with the
District level sex ratio (934) among children. There are variations among villages as detailed in
Table 7.4 and Fig 7.2 below. Shirur village have highest sex ratio as 1126, followed by 1053 at
Hanamapur village, while Jambagi (830), Ajur (861), Shivanoor (893) villages shows a very low
sex ratio.
Khilegaon
Masarguppi
1200 Ajur
Hanamapur 1000 Anantapur
Madabhavi 800 Malabad
600
Shivanoor 400 Bevanoor
200
Gundewadi 0 Tawashi sex ratio
Balligeri Naganur
Kiranagi Shirur
Kallotti Sambaragi
Jambagi Aralihatti
Bammanal
Fig 7.2 Sex ratio among under- 6 yr children

Table 7.4 Population and sex ratio among under 6 children
Sl. No. Villages Children below 6yrs Boys Girls Sex ratio
1 Khilegaon 450 234 216 923
2 Ajur 415 223 192 861
3 Anantapur 1103 574 529 922
4 Malabad 515 262 253 966
5 Bevanoor 353 184 169 919
6 Tawashi 301 151 150 993
7 Naganur 308 157 151 962
Sl. No. Villages Children below 6yrs Boys Girls Sex ratio
8 Shirur 304 143 161 1126
9 Sambaragi 540 275 265 964
10 Aralihatti 273 141 132 936
11 Bammanal 190 112 78 696
12 Jambagi 410 224 186 830
13 Kallotti 196 101 95 941
7.5.1.3 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population
Details of SC and ST families in the project impacted villages are shown in Table 7.5. On an
average, there are16.62percent of SCs and 2.79 percent of ST families residing in these villages.
Table 7.5 SC population in project villages

SC Population
Sl. No. Villages Male Female Total Percentage
1 Khilegaon 354 336 690 19.52
2 Ajur 239 240 479 16.92
3 Anantapur 374 377 751 9.25
4 Malabad 511 516 1027 24.95
5 Bevanoor 198 189 387 16.74
6 Tawashi 92 97 189 7.87
7 Naganur 181 172 353 17.39
8 Shirur 194 212 406 17.02
9 Sambaragi 403 396 799 19.41
10 Aralihatti 53 60 113 5.26
11 Bammanal 50 43 93 6.42
12 Jambagi 175 157 332 9.09
13 Kallotti 108 81 189 15.07
14 Kiranagi 153 157 310 9.19
15 Balligeri 320 290 610 11.97
16 Gundewadi 477 480 957 18.49
17 Shivanoor 188 189 377 14.23
18 Madabhavi 1497 1486 2983 36.74
19 Hanamapur 104 92 196 10.68
20 Masarguppi 191 180 184 8.63
Total 5862 5750 11425 16.62%
Madabhavi village have the highest percentage of SC (36.74%) and Kalotti village have the
highest percentage of ST (3.77%) families. Aralihatti village reports the lowest number of SC
(5.26%) and no ST families are reported from four villages viz- Ajur, Shirur, Hanampur,
Masarguppi villages. Only nominal numbers of ST families are there in villages like Khilegaon,
Malabad, Tawashi, Naganur, Aralihatti and Kiranagi villages.
Table 7.6 ST population in project villages
ST Population
1 Khilegaon 1 0 1 0.02
2 Ajur 0 0 0 0
3 Anantapur 108 109 217 2.67
ST Population
4 Malabad 4 0 4 0.1
5 Bevanoor 3 2 5 0.22
6 Tawashi 9 5 14 0.58
7 Naganur 11 5 16 0.79
8 Shirur 0 0 0 0
9 Sambaragi 46 39 85 2.07
10 Aralihatti 2 2 4 0.19
11 Bammanal 187 184 371 25.62
12 Jambagi 22 26 48 1.31
13 Kallotti 273 279 552 44.02
14 Kiranagi 12 13 25 0.74
15 Balligeri 62 38 100 1.96
16 Gundewadi 28 35 63 1.22
17 Shivanoor 35 30 65 2.45
18 Madabhavi 157 149 306 3.77
19 Hanamapur 0 0 0 0
20 Masarguppi 0 0 0 0
Total 960 916 1876 2.79%
7.5.1.4 Literacy status

The project villages have an average literacy rate of 57 percent while the district has a literacy
rate of 73.5 percent and hence is very backward in status. Male literacy rate is 33 percent and
the female literacy rate is 24 percent. The status however varies from village to village, as
shown in Table 7.6.
Table 7.7Literacy status of the people in project villages
Total Literates Male Literates Female Literates
Villages Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage
Khilegaon 2284 65 1307 37 977 28
Ajur 1602 57 908 32 694 25
Anantapur 4670 58 2637 33 2033 25
Malabad 2260 55 1283 31 977 24
Bevanoor 1210 52 704 30 506 22
Tawashi 1510 63 876 37 634 26
Naganur 1139 56 677 33 462 23
Shirur 1476 62 850 36 626 26
Sambaragi 2393 58 1397 34 996 24
Aralihatti 1341 62 776 36 565 26
Bammanal 883 61 503 35 380 26
Jambagi 2134 58 1253 34 881 24
Kallotti 617 49 373 30 244 20
Kiranagi 1904 56 1122 33 782 23
Balligeri 2764 54 1624 32 1140 22
Gundewadi 2780 54 1594 31 1186 23
Total Literates Male Literates Female Literates

Villages Number Percentage Number Percentage Number Percentage
Shivanoor 1445 55 850 32 595 23
Madabhavi 4651 57 2661 33 1990 25
Hanamapur 895 49 525 29 370 20
Masarguppi 1195 56 678 32 517 24
Total 39153 57 22598 33 16555 24
70
60
50
40
30 Total Population
20 Male
10 Female
0
Fig 7.3 Male & Female Literates

7.5.1.6 Occupational status
Average work participation of the project villages is 58 percent which is much higher than the
district work participation of 44 percent reported. Male and female work participation percentage
is 56 percent and 44 percent respectively. The work participation percentage varies from village
to village as detailed in Table 7.7. Gundewadi and Jambagi villages have 74 percent of their
population working and earning while Shirur village records the minimum work participation
percentage as 31 only.
Table 7.8 Work participation rate of men and women
Sl. No. Villages Total Population Total worker Work Participation (%)
1 Khilegaon 3535 2308 65
2 Ajur 2831 1784 63
3 Anantapur 8123 4172 51
4 Malabad 4117 2114 51
5 Bevanoor 2312 1103 48
6 Tawashi 2401 1491 62
7 Naganur 2030 1156 57
8 Shirur 2385 736 31
9 Sambaragi 4116 2159 53
10 Aralihatti 2148 1225 57
11 Bammanal 1448 735 51
12 Jambagi 3653 2719 74
13 Kallotti 1254 708 57
14 Kiranagi 3374 2180 65
Sl. No. Villages Total Population Total worker Work Participation (%)
15 Balligeri 5096 3114 61
16 Gundewadi 5176 3827 74
17 Shivanoor 2650 1565 59
18 Madabhavi 8119 3927 48
19 Hanamapur 1836 1133 62
20 Masarguppi 2131 1329 62
Total 68735 39485 58
A village with more main workers means that more workers have stable employment with more
than 6 months a day. Among the total workers in the project villages, on an average, 70 percent
are Main workers and 30 percent are Marginal workers. But when the villages are analyzed
separately there is wide variation as detailed in Table 7.8.
Table 7.9 Work participation rate of Main and Marginal workers
Total Main % of Main Marginal % of Marginal
Villages
workers workers Workers Workers Workers
Khilegaon 2308 1281 56 1027 44
Ajur 1784 1230 69 554 31
Anantapur 4172 2697 65 1475 35
Malabad 2114 1675 79 439 21
Bevanoor 1103 726 66 377 34
Tawashi 1491 844 57 647 43
Naganur 1156 637 55 519 45
Shirur 736 732 99 4 1
Sambaragi 2159 1694 79 465 21
Aralihatti 1225 590 48 635 52
Bammanal 735 704 96 31 4
Jambagi 2719 1855 68 864 32
Kallotti 708 529 74 189 26
Kiranagi 2180 1798 83 382 17
Balligeri 3114 2339 75 775 25
Gundewadi 3827 2544 67 1238 33
Shivanoor 1565 1126 72 439 28
Madabhavi 3927 2915 74 1012 26
Hanamapur 1133 1007 89 126 11
Masarguppi 1329 573 43 756 57
Total 39485 27496 70 11954 30
In Shirur village 99 percent of the workers are main workers and only one percent is marginal
workers. Similarly, main workers are very high as reported from in Bammanal (96%) and
Hanamapur (89%) villages while Masarguppi (57%) and Aralihatti (52%) villages have more
marginal workers than main workers.
Male /female work participation among main workers is 69percent for male workers and 31
percent for female workers. But among marginal workers women are more with 74 percent
participation while only 26 percent of the men workers are there as marginal workers. This
shows the lower status of women workers, who get temporary and unstable works only while
men enjoy more stability in work. May be the status of women as ‘additional bread winners’ as
they are the main home makers is a reasonable explanation for such situations. Further
classification of workers is given below.
120
100
80
main
60 workers%
Marginal
40 workers%
20
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Fig 7.4 Main and Marginal Workers

Table 7.10 Work participation rate of Main and Marginal workers
Cultivators Agricultural Labourers HH workers Other Workers
Total Total Total FEMAL Total
No MALE FEMALE No MALE FEMALE No MALE E No MALE FEMALE
62.8 46.6 16.2 23.4 11.6 11.8 2.4 1.8 0.6 11.5 9.2 2.3
Major work force of 86.2 percent is engaged in Agricultural sector i.e., Cultivators (62.8 percent)
and Agricultural Labourers (23.4 percent).Male –female participation among the cultivators
group is 46.6 percent males and 16.2 percent females. Among the laborers, there is an almost
equal participation with 11.6 percent males and 11.8percent females. Among 2.4 percent of
workers engaged in Household Industry 1.8 percent is males and 0.6 percent is females. 11.5
percent are ‘Other workers’ engaged on various activities where 9.2 percent of the male workers
outnumber 2.3 percent of female workers. Table 7.9 gives main workers and type of
employment.
7.5.1.7 Non workers
Among the 20 project influence villages, on an average, about 42 percent of the total population
is non-workers, which is much less than the district averages. Among the non- workers females
outnumber men as 55 percent while only 45 percent of the men are registered. This still is a
better position for females compared to the district averages. And the non-workers include aged
persons, chronic patients, handicapped, students and children and house wives, whose work is
always unseen and unpaid.
7.5.1.8 Social Infrastructure available
In the close proximity of the project site, educational, religious and transportation facilities are
found. The habitants have a good transportation facility to access these. There are few
educational infrastructures like the Vidya Vardhak School, C S Kittur High School, Sankonatti
Primary School, J A High School and Mallattikhodi Govt etc nearest to project site. There are few
colleges like the Balchandra Jarakiholi Pre University College Kakamari, G H College, M G PU
College Teslang and Govt First Grade College etc.,
The command area has many village roads and 3 state highways SH34, SH43 and SH12
connects the command area to other parts of the state. The project site (Head works) is
approachable by road and is at a distance of 4 km off Dharwad-Bijapur state highway 34. The
lift point near Ainapur village is at the distance of 29.3 km from Athani taluk headquarters along
the state highway. Ugar Railway Station is situated at 5 Km from the lift point towards South.
Nearest airport is Belagavi airport which is at 145 km from the lift point towards east.
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0 MALE
FEMALE
MALE
FEMALE
MALE
FEMALE
MALE
FEMALE
Total No
Total No
Total No
Total No
CULTIVATORS AGRI LABORERS HH workers OTHER WKERS
Fig 7.5 Various employee categories under main workers
7.6 Land form, Land use and land ownership

The land use in the proposed project area is dry land agriculture, subject to vagaries of
monsoon rain with low cropping intensity and low productivity. The major part of the population
depends on agriculture with crops such as Jowar, Bajra, Wheat, Grams, Sugarcane etc cultivated
in the region.
7.6.1 Impact of Land Acquisition
 Agriculture is the back bone of economy of the region. However, due to the
inconsistent monsoons and erratic rainfall, the overall agricultural production and
consequently the per capita income and the overall economy of the region is low.
During summer season, even drinking water needs to be transported to this
famine struck area. Hence, this proposed project is a welcome movement which
is designed to lifting of 4 TMC of water from Krishna River and providing
irrigation facility to 27,462 Ha, through drip irrigation in Athani Taluk to irrigate
22 villages. This will improves the crop yield and contribute to the per capita
income of the people.
 Around 300 people (50 Technical and 250 construction laborers) are expected to
get employment for the construction of intake channel, jack well cum pump
house, raising main, delivery chambers and distribution network consisting of Lift
cum Flow Irrigation System. During operation phase laborers will be appointed
operation and maintenance of the jack well.
 The only negative impact is that some people will lose a portion of their land for
the project construction purposes, but they will be sufficiently compensated as
per LARR rules. The project design will take due care to ensure that no
residential or commercial properties affected and there is no need for any
displacement of families. People are aware of this and they have no objection to
give their land taking the compensation for such an irrigation scheme.
 The project will ensure some additional demands for construction of linking
roads, sanitation facilities and such other developmental interventions.
 The overall impact of the project is positive with long term future impacts in the
development of the region.
7.9 Consultations with the PAPs

Social survey, focus group discussions and other informal interactions during visits in the project
impact villages helped to provide information on the attitude of villagers towards the project, as
summarized below;
 Agriculture being the basis of their subsistence, the villagers is very keen to
implement this project and look forward for the same.
 People who are likely to lose the land are willing to give the land taking adequate
compensation and wish they will get a chance to negotiate such issues with the
officials. Some demands land for land or employment to compensate their loss.
None of them had anything against the Project and wish this to be implemented
as early as possible, since it will improve their living standards.
7.10 Demographic profile of the project affected Persons

Out of the total number of 1449 members in 404 titleholder families the number of males is
1034 and number of females 416 giving a sex ratio of 402 which is not coinciding with the
village averages given which is 952. So it is inferred that the data is misreported or some of the
titleholders not residing in the area, but are owners of the land did not report the details of their
family .On an average there are three to four members in a family. The Field surveyors also
analyzed the fact to report that some of the village families were reluctant to provide detailed
answers and wanted to limit questions to land related details alone. So the data represented do
not represent the true sex ratio of the area as the village level statistics (census 2011) represent
better female presence. Table 7.10 provides male –female presence as reported in the field
data.
Table 7.11 Male and Female members among PAPs (As per field survey)
Villages No of Title holders Family members Male Female
Kilegaon 40 147 106 41
Shirur 21 70 49 22
Aralihatti 19 56 37 19
Bommanal 4 8 5 3
Madabhavi 21 65 45 20
Anantapura 31 111 78 33
Sambaragi 26 92 66 26
Bevanura 16 57 43 13
Tavmshi 21 72 51 21
Naganura 15 57 42 15
Jambagi 19 70 52 19
Kallotthi 9 34 25 9
Masaraguppi 7 26 19 7
Shivanura 15 61 44 17
Kiranagi 31 125 92 33
Ajura 30 111 79 32
Balligeri 25 101 67 34
Hanamapur 4 13 9 4
Malabad 37 124 89 35
Gundewadi 13 49 36 13
Total 404 1449 1034 416
7.10.1 Age categories

96% families among the titleholders are nuclear families, while 3% are single owners and 1% is
joint families. The age category of the PAPs is detailed in fig 7.9. As per this, 12% belongs to
below 18 age category,19% belongs to 19 to 30 age group 52 % belongs to the 30 to 60 age
group and 17 % are above 60 age group. The age groups between 18 to 60 years are 71% and
they are the most productive group employed, earning income to sustain all members. Longevity
of life is limited and the number of aged persons (80+) is only 3 percent.
3% below 6yrs
3%
9% 7 to18yrs
14%
19 to 30yrs
19% 31to 50yrs

51 to 60yrs
21%
61 to 80 yrs
81 yrs& above
31%
Fig 7.6 Interaction with PAPs and KNNL officials

7.10.2 Educational Status
The Educational status of the PAPs as furnished in fig 7.10 below, shows that 42.50 percent of
the People are illiterate. 21.60 percent have attended schools and 19.60 percent have passed
SSLC. 9 percent have attended Pre University, 4.30 percent are graduates and 1.50 percent are
post graduates. The presence of professionals is 0.8 percent and 0.7 percent are technical
diploma/certificate holders.
0.80% 0.70%
1.50% 0
4.30% illiterate
literate
9% primary school
42.50% Middle school
High School
19.60%
SSLC
PUC
6.60% Graduate
10% PG
Prof degree
Diploma
0.50%
4.50%
Fig 7.7 Educational background of PAPs

7.10.3 Occupational pattern of PAPs
The occupational status of the PAPs is displayed in Fig 7.11 below. As per this 57 percent of
them are working in the agricultural sector, 0.20% runs petty shops, 0.70% are laborers 0.50
percent are teachers, 1.3 percent are Govt employees, 2.60 percent works in private jobs and
there are 0.30% of professionals such as Engineers. 37% are jobless categories mainly House
wives (24.5%) and students (12.6%).
0%
0% 0
Agriculture
12.60% Petty shop

Labourers
Teachers
24.50%
57% Govt Job
Pvt Job
Professionals
0% House wife
0.30%
Student
2.60%
1.30% 0.20%
0.70%
0.50%
Fig 7.8 Occupational pattern of PAPs

7.10.3 Income groups
Average income of the PAPs is represented in Fig 7.12 below. As per this the average monthly
income of 3.50 percent of the families is above 50000. 7.20 percent of the families earn
between 30000 to50000, and a good majority of 44.7 percent earns between 15000 to20000. 21
percent have income between10000 to 15000 1.30 percent earns between 5000 to10000 and
only 0.50 percent is below 5000. So on an average, the income and earnings of the families are
sufficient enough for a better living.
5.20% 2% 3.50% 1.30%

income >5000
21%
5000- 10000
21.80%
10000- 15000
15000-20000
44.70% 20000- 30000
30000- 40000
40000- 50000
< 50000
Fig 7.9 Income categories of PAPs
7.11Religion and Caste

96.50 percent of the PAPs are Hindus, 3.30 percent are Christians and 0.20 percent is Muslims in
the area. The presence of scheduled caste families is 6 percent, Scheduled tribes are 2 percent,
89percent of the families belongs to OBC and 3 percent are ‘Higher caste ‘groups.
7.12 Land requirement of the project

There were 404 titleholders and 1449 Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and 483 Ha of land
impacted, as detailed in Table 7.10 considered as impacted stakeholders of this project.
Table 7.12 Title holders, PAPs and Land impacted
Villages No of Title holders Extent of land required (Ha)
Khilegaon 40 32.04
Shirur 21 27.49
Aralihatti 19 19.08
Bommanal 4 15.46
Madabhavi 21 89.08
Anantapura 31 64.58
Sambaragi 26 31.00
Bevanura 16 13.24
Tavmshi 21 12.94
Naganura 15 13.07
Jambagi 19 13.46
Kallotthi 9 08.70
Masaraguppi 7 05.06
Shivanura 15 15.33
Kiranagi 31 21.04
Ajura, 30 28.19
Balligeri 25 23.38
Hanamapur 4 04.02
Malabad 37 28.85
Gundewadi 13 16.49
Total 404 483.06
Number of Title holders, PAPs and extent of land required, varies from village to village and the
maximum impact is seen in Madabhavi and Ananthapura in terms of land requirement.
Hanamapur and Masaraguppi villages have minimum impact.
100
80
60 No of Title
holders
40
Extent of land
20 required (Ha)

The land required for the project is estimated as 437 Ha, which includes land for the main canals
and distributory system as detailed in Table No 4.8 below.
Table 7.13 Land requirement for project
Villages Main Canal Distributory Acre Ha.
Madabhavi 61.65 146.05 207.7 83.08
Bammanal 25.4 13.25 38.65 15.46
Aralihatti 32.45 15.25 47.7 19.08
Shirur 34.35 34.38 68.73 27.492
Khilegaon 30.28 34.63 64.91 25.964
Ajur 23.78 36.7 60.48 24.192
Anantapur 50.28 90.18 140.46 56.184
Malabad 34.72 17.35 52.07 20.828
Balligeri 42.53 15.63 58.16 23.264
Gundewadi 16.82 24.4 41.22 16.488
Hanamapur - 10.05 10.05 4.02
Masarguppi - 14 14 5.6
Jambagi - 28.65 28.65 11.46
Sambaragi - 77.5 77.5 31
Kallotti - 21.74 21.74 8.696
Shivanoor - 33.33 33.33 13.332
Naganur - 27.38 27.38 10.952
Tawashi - 28.35 28.35 11.34
Bevanoor - 33.1 33.1 13.24
Kiranagi - 39.6 39.6 15.84
Total 352.26 741.52 1093.78 437.512
15.84
Bevanoor 13.24
11.34
Naganur 10.952
13.332
Kallotti 8.696
31
Jambagi 11.46
5.6
Hanamapur 4.02
16.488 Hector
Balligeri 23.264
20.828
Anantapur 56.184
24.192
Khilegaon 25.964
27.492
Aralihatti 19.08
15.46
Madabhavi 83.08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

7.13 Land Acquisition Process & R and R Plan

The proposed project does not involve displacement of the families/houses for the project
construction. The total extent of land required for the project is 437.5 Ha (1093.78 Acres) and
the same shall be acquired as per Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land
Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act (RTFC&LARR Act), 2013.
7.13.1 Land acquisition process
Preliminary notification as per section 11(1) shall be published in the affected areas and also
informed to the public. After the publication of 11(1) notification a census of the affected families
is conducted, within a period of two months.
The declaration shall be published by affixing a copy thereof in local language at conspicuous
places in the affected areas in FORM V.
The land acquisition award referred to in section 23 shall be made in FORM VI and FORM VII
annexed in the rules.
7.13.2 Cost Estimation

In determining the amount of compensation to be awarded for land acquired under this Act, the
Collector shall take into consideration the following:
 Market value as determined under section 26 and the award amount in
accordance with the First and Second Schedules:
 Market value as determined under section 26 and the award amount in
accordance with the First and Second Schedules:
 The damage sustained by the person interested, by reason of the taking of any
standing crops and trees which may be on the land at the time of the Collector's
taking possession thereof;
 The damage (if any) sustained by the person interested, at the time of the
Collector's taking possession of the land, by reason of severing such land from
his other land:
 The damage ( if any) sustained by the person interested at the time of the
Collector's taking possession of the land by reason of the acquisition injuriously
affecting his other property, movable or immovable, in any other manner, or his
earnings
 In consequence of the acquisition of the land by the Collector, the person
interested is compelled to change his residence or place of business, the
reasonable expenses (if any) incidental to such change;
 The damage ( if any) bona fide resulting from diminution of the profits of the
land between the time of the publication of the declaration under section l9 and
the time of the Collector's taking possession of the land: and
 Any other ground which may be in the interest of equity, justice and beneficial
to the affected families.
Market value of the land is fixed @ Rs 5 lakhs per hector for dry lands and @ Rs 8 lakhs per
hector, for wetland. Based on this the market value of the land is worked out in Table No 7.11.
Table 7.14 Cost Estimate of Land
Sl. No. Type of Lands Area in Ha Cost/Ha (Rs. In Lakhs) Amount in lakhs
1 Dry Lands 385 5 1925
2 Wet Lands 52.5 8 420
Total area required in Ha 437.5 13 2345
7.14 Valuation of other immovable Properties

The Collector in determining the market value of the building and other immovable property or
assets attached to the land or building which are to be acquired, use the services of a
competent engineer or any other specialist in the relevant field, as may be considered necessary
by him.
 For the purpose of determining the value of trees and plants attached to the land
acquired, the collector can use the services of experienced persons in the field of
agriculture, forestry, horticulture, sericulture, or any other field, as may be
considered necessary by him.
 For the purpose of assessing the value of the standing crops damaged during the
process of land acquisition, may use the services of experienced persons in the
field of agriculture as may be considered necessary by him.
The Collector having determined the total compensation to be paid, shall, to arrive at the final
award, impose a 'Solatium,' amount equivalent to one hundred per cent of the compensation
amount. Solatium amount shall be in addition to the compensation payable to any person whose
land has been acquired.
(2) The Collector shall issue individual awards detailing the particulars of compensation payable
and the details of payment of the compensation as specified in the First Schedule.
(J)In addition to the market value of the land provided under section 26, the Collector shall, in
every case award an amount calculated at the rate of twelve percent per annum on such market
value for the period commencing on and from the date of the publication of the notification of
the Social Impact Assessment study under sub-section (2) of section 4, in respect of such and,
till the date of the award of the Collector or the date of taking in possession of the land,
whichever is earlier.
Fig 7.12 Interaction with PAPs and KNNL officials
7.13 Land acquisition of the project and rough cost estimates

The Project will not displace any residential or commercial structures. Only land is required to
the extent of 437.5 Ha (1093.78 Acres) and the agricultural land will be acquired , as per the
conditions of ‘Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition , Rehabilitation
and Resettlement Act ‘(RTFC&LARR Act), 2013. The compensation matrix as per this rules are
summarized below
Table 7.15 Compensation matrix
Compensation/eligibility Value/ rates
Compensation for Land value Rural -market value of land x 2
+ 100% solatium of compensation
Value of structures Value of structures and assets like wells,
few pump houses etc may have to be
paid
Residential PDPs No residential structures impacted. Hence
House owners/ affected family staying in the not applicable
area for more than 3 years ,if displaced
Land for land option (in case of irrigation Provision for Land for land –as far as
projects) possible one acre of land in the command
area
For SC/ST 2.5 acres land .- not
applicable in the case of this project
Income tax and stamp duty Stamp duty/registration fee to be paid by
the requiring body and not from the PAP
7.15 Eligibility criteria for the Project affected/displaced

 Project Displaced Persons are those losing their residence and livelihood due to
the land acquisition for the construction of the project. They may be a resident
performing agriculture activities or self-employed earning their livelihood, in the
project affected area and staying there for a minimum period of one and half
year, before the declaration of the project .
 Project affected families are families including Husband, Wife, children and
others who are residents of the affected area, for period of not less than one
year from the declaration of the project under section 4(1) notification date (
cutoff date).
 Affected persons /affected land includes Persons/families owning the land in
the affected area which does not exceeds 10 Hectares and is not less than 0.25
Hectares and this land is partially or fully acquired for project , is considered as
affected person / affected land.
 Person /families who doesn’t holds the land in the affected area means those
who do not have more than 0.25 Hectares in the project affected area and such
or any part which is acquired for project.
 Ex-gratia grant for the project affected families who lost their agricultural land.
 Joint families losing their agricultural land jointly owned, will get the
Compensation amount in the name of owner of the property as single Cheque
.In addition, other heirs of the property are eligible for an Ex-gratia amount for
buying another land.
 Jointly owned agricultural land will be classified as grade I, II & III respectively,
if such case the complete amount of the jointly owned agricultural land is solely
belonged to the affected family at any condition on the basis of friction among
the hires they cannot be separated and also the affected families cannot be
classified.
 The Agricultural land acquired from the members of affected families either
solely or jointly, if the other member of the family hold the land shall be affected
will also be calculated as individual agricultural land. Other members will get one
ex gratia
 The affected families who owned the agricultural land in joint ownership, but if
the family members have their individual houses & all the land & house shall be
acquired, for such families to buy the agricultural land /under the Revenue
scheme the ex-gratia is paid in the name of jointly hired family member,
however the jointly hired person shall be sanctioned a site and compensation to
construct the house.
 III category affected families Rs 5000/- is provided as ex-gratia grant and Bank
loan of Rs 2,500/- and also Rs 7500/- of share investment has been included.
This scheme shall be completely executed and because of no reason the bank
loan shall be granted and ex-gratia shall be granted after the investment from
the affected families.
7.16 Land value fixation

As detailed above, the District Collector fix up the market value of the land in each village
considering the land transactions in the area for the last three years and on mutual discussion
with the land owners. Realistic cost estimation can be done only on the basis of this. But to
work out rough estimation of the cost, the market value of the land estimated by the KNNL is
considered and worked out as shown in Table No 7.16 below.
Table 7.16 Cost Estimates of land
Market value of land Approximate Market value Market value x 2 x

Area (Ha) (In lakhs) 100% solatium (In
Lakhs)
Dry land (@ Rs 5 lakhs/ Ha) 385 1925 7700
Wet land (@Rs 8 lakhs/Ha ) 52.5 420 1680
Total 437.5 2345 9380
Total 93.80 Crores
There are no R&R costs involved other than the ex gratia payments, as detailed above which
need to be further worked out, based on the actual status of the PAPs. Land for land and
compensation for some PAPs in the area need to be discussed further to arrives in to consensus
but most of them prefer monetary compensations than other supports.
Cost of compensation for the crops under cultivation, trees and plants in the acquired land etc
will be worked out at the time of acquisition process to add to the above costs.
The Department has already initiated action to initiate the land acquisition process in association
with the District Collector. Two land Acquisition offices were set up and the L.A process is
progressing.
7.17 Risk and Hazard associated with the project

It is the major construction activity that includes majority of work of excavation followed by civil
construction activity, pumping installation duly integrated with power supply installation infra
and command area network infrastructure. All activity will be coordinated in staggered manner
and in sync. All activities are hazardous in nature due to major construction having inherent risk.
Catastrophic events like cloud bursts and flash floods, earthquake or any act of god, arson,
sabotage, etc. which is beyond control of KNNL management shall be in the purview of District
administration to control and mitigate. They will assess and appraise the offsite DMP prepared
by KNNL and hence take lead at times with discretion. Under NDMA 2007 guideline district
authority shall be well equipped to deal with aforesaid eventualities, they mobilize resources and
enact all stakeholders to perform with due diligence .
In project when conceived and technically through w.r.t statutory clearance subsequent activity
in field work will be planned and arranged. In the irrigation project major activities are likely as
under;
 Excavation for intake canal and for construction of jack well cum pump house
 Pumping to lift water to upper level for proposed command area. Dedicated
power supply grid for pumping.
 Network for command area for irrigation.
 Management for safety, Health and environment.
Towards hazard mapping in this project, summarily following hazards are being identified;
7.17.1 Accident hazards
Falls from elevated surfaces/levels (bridges, dams, high floor of a building veranda/surface
without railing, roofs, etc.) or from ladders; falling into a cellar, shaft, trench or open pit; falling
while working on a project site – falls from cliffs and slopes, falls into pits, etc.
7.17.2 Slip, Trip or Fall on the level
Injury/death as a result of collapse of an excavation, trench, floor or wall of a building or of an
auxiliary structure; collapse/buckling of components in a structure that is being built; collapse
and slide of piles of materials or of stored building equipment; landslides of soil and stones
7.17.3 Injury caused by falling objects

 By stepping on sharp objects and by impact and collision with sharp or
protruding objects Risk of being hit by heavy mechanical equipment/vehicles
working on a site
 Other peripheral risks are Contact with and exposure to extreme temperatures
(during outdoors work, at extreme temperatures); or cold/frost bites
 Electrocution as a result of unintentional contact with “live” electric wires during
inspection and supervision rounds through the construction area
 Eye injury, caused by flying splinters/particles of stone and metal, building
operations in the area Injury as a result of a fire and/or explosion of flammable
materials at the site (bitumen, tar, solvents).
 Increased risk of traffic accidents, when working simultaneously on numerous
sites, requiring much additional driving.
7.17.4 Physical Hazard
Exposure to strong and continuous noise in work areas (emanating from compressors,
pneumatic hammers, vibrators, and similar sources) Exposure to various environmental factors,
inc. extreme heat or cold, strong solar radiation, heat-load, drying, excessive moisture content,
increased ore reduced environmental air-pressure, etc.
7.17.5 Chemical Hazard
Potential hazard of being exposed to noxious dust when staying on the work site. Dermatitis
caused by contact with irritating and allergenic materials (e.g. –cement dust). While visiting the
work site an engineer may be exposed to hazards created by other workers – for example:
exposure to organic solvents, thinners and paint removers when at the same time a paint job is
being performed at the site.
7.17.6 Biological Hazard
There are no specific biological hazards, except potential exposure to infectious diseases, like
influenza, as a result of close contact with construction workers that contracted such diseases;
or development of dermatitis and irritation as a result of drinking polluted water at the site,
contact with allergenic vegetation or with insects (inc. wasps and bees), snakes and similar
creatures located on the work site.
7.17.7 Ergonomic, Psychosocial and Organizational factors
Musculoskeletal injuries, esp. those stemming from work posture, from prolonged driving, etc.
Environmental sources of physical and chemical inconvenience and suffering (e.g. – air pollution,
bad odors, noxious noise, defective illumination, sick building syndrome, etc.).
7.17.8 Preventive measures
All work surfaces shall be properly installed in order to prevent their collapse/breakage, and to
prevent people or objects falling out of them; they as well as all cavities and openings, must be
securely fenced; safe and stable positioning of ladders is a must; all open pits, in the field and in
the work areas must be safely fenced Wear safety-shoes with non-slip soles; it is also possible to
roughen (by various techniques) all or some of the work surfaces.
All means for preventing worker injury shall be applied prior to and during excavation;
compliance with the specific regulations dealing with excavation is a must. Use of personal
protection equipment fit for protecting the whole body, viz., crash helmets, safety shoes and
goggles. In order to prevent dehydratation, all workers should drink enough water; use gloves
and safety clothes according to need Wear safety shoes that have inherent isolation, and do not
work with detective tools.
7.17.9 Excavation Specific Hazards

Hazards in the excavation which is the major activity, can be identified as under – 1)Excavation
cave in/collapse 2)Excavated material and handling 3)Falling object/s near site 4)Powered
mobile equipment 5)Slip trips and falls 6)Hazardous atmosphere 7)Flooding water
8)underground facilities
Excavation and trenching are among the most hazardous construction operations. It defines an
excavation as any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in the earth’s surface formed by
earth removal. A trench is defined as a narrow underground excavation that is deeper than it is
wide, and is no wider than 15 feet (4.5 meters).
7.17.9.1 Danger of Trenching and Excavation
Cave-ins pose the greatest risk and are much more likely than other excavation related accidents
to result in worker fatalities. Other potential hazards include falls, falling loads, hazardous
atmospheres, and incidents involving mobile equipment. Trench collapses cause dozens of
fatalities and hundreds of injuries each year.
7.17.9.2 Protective Systems
There are different types of protective systems. Sloping involves cutting back the trench wall at
an angle inclined away from the excavation. Shoring requires installing aluminum hydraulic or
other types of supports to prevent soil movement and cave-ins. Shielding protects workers by
using trench boxes or other types of supports to prevent soil cave-ins. Designing a protective
system can be complex because to consider many factors: soil classification, depth of cut, water
content of soil, changes due to weather or climate, surcharge loads (e.g., spoil, other materials
to be used in the trench) and other operations in the vicinity.
7.17.9.3 Competent Person/Safety Engineer
As per standards require that trenches be inspected daily and as conditions change by a
competent person prior to worker entry to ensure elimination of excavation hazards. A
competent person is an individual who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards
or working conditions that are hazardous, unsanitary, or dangerous to employees/labors and
who is authorized to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate or control these hazards and
conditions.
7.17.9.4 Access and Egress
It requires safe access and egress to all excavations, including ladders, steps, ramps, or other
safe means of exit for employees working in trench excavations 4 feet (1.22 meters) or deeper.
These devices must be located within 25 feet (7.6 meters).
7.17.10 General Trenching and Excavation Rules
 Keep heavy equipment away from trench edges.
 Keep surcharge loads at least 2 feet (0.6 meters) from trench edges.
 Know where underground utilities are located.
 Test for low oxygen, hazardous fumes and toxic gases.
 Inspect trenches at the start of each shift.
 Inspect trenches following a rainstorm.
7.17.11 Hazard specific to construction activity
This project can be divided into 2 parts. 1) Construction period 2) Completion .In the
construction part we are appraising hazards as well as risk viz-a-viz mitigation measure. In the
likelihood of any mishaps offsite DMP shall be ready as per NDMA guideline.
7.17.12 Nature of occupation injuries in construction

Occupational injuries from construction activities in general are classified by Danger of physical
injury and fatality; Damage to health. Construction accidents resulting in physical injuries and
fatalities can be broadly categorized into the following eight basic groups;
7.17.12.1 Physical injuries and fatalities
 Falling from heights – involves workers falling from higher floors to lower
floors/ground and falling from ground level to excavation level.
 Struck by falling/moving objects/vehicles – primarily involves workers being
struck by equipment, private vehicles, falling materials, vertically hoisted
materials and horizontally transported materials.
 Excavation related accidents – encompasses accidents due to cave-in, contact
with underground utilities, subsiding of nearby structures, falling of
materials/vehicles/ objects onto people working in the excavation as well as
fumes, gases and inrushes of water at the bottom of excavations.
 Accident by operation of machinery/tools – caused by toppling of machinery,
collapsing of the parts of machinery and unsuitable or unsafe hand-held tools.
 Electrocution – caused by contact with electric current from machinery, tools,
appliances or light fixtures, faulty electrical equipments and tools, and contact
with overhead/underground power lines.
 Fire/explosion – accidents resulting from the explosion of pressure vessels or
gasoline pipes and fire due to welding/hot works.
 Failure of temporary structures – accidents owing to the failure of formworks and
scaffoldings.
 Others - e.g. slipping on the same level, oxygen deficiency in confined spaces,
lightning strike, etc.
 The nature of health hazards that may be caused to construction workers are
shown as under:
7.17.12.2 Health damages in construction
 Skin diseases Contact with cement, slaked lime, paint, varnish thinner, solvents,
strong chemicals, grouts, seals and adhesives.
 Hardness of hearing Noise
 Respiratory disease Inhalation of toxic dusts, vapor and gases
 Muscular and bone disease High static stress, unnatural working postures
 Cancer Carcinogenic materials
 Mental illness Stress, inhalation of toxic materials affecting brain and central
nervous system
 Disease caused by vibration
The root causes of occupational accidents on construction sites can be listed as under in four
clusters. Root causes of construction accidents cluster factor as under:
Working condition
 Type of work
 Work location
 Status of tools, equipment and temporary structures
 Physical layout of the workplace

Management failure
 Poor housekeeping
 Violation of workplace safety standards
 Poor supervision and checking of work progress, tools, equipment and temporary
structures
Unsafe acts of workers
 Disregarding safety rules

 Horseplay
 Skill and training
Non-human related events
 Unexpected ground conditions/terrain

 Adverse weather/earthquake/tsunami, etc. on site.
The working condition is an inherent hazard with the work owing to the scope and location of
the project. The inherent hazard is managed through a safety management system, which can
cause occupational accidents when flaws exist. The negligent attitude of workers to forego
safety standards also causes accidents, although it is less quantifiable. Non-human related
events are beyond control and prediction. Hence the estimation of occupational injury risks in
construction projects should assess two factors:(1) project’s inherent hazard level and (2) safety
management level.
They expose workers to similar hazards and accidents. Workers in the underground construction
industry, especially water, sewer and utility line. Traditionally, had a higher accident and injury
rate than other workers in the heavy construction industry. Accidents in excavation works occur
in one of the following ways:
Collapse of sides/cave-in: Cave-in is perhaps the most feared and chief cause of accidents in
excavation works. It buries workers and/or cause crushing injuries to survivors.
Contact with underground utilities: Works in excavations often encounter obstructions from
intersecting utilities lines that may cause injuries and/or fatalities to workers by:
(A) Electrocution and/or explosion when electrical cables and/or gasoline pipes are damaged;
(B) Collapse of excavation due to flooding led by damage to water lines and/or sewer lines; and
Dangerous atmospheres: Dangerous atmospheres in excavations may result from oxygen
deficiency as well as the presence of carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrous fumes and
methane gas, which suffocate workers, kill or cause respiratory problems.
Workers being struck by falling materials/objects from top
Workers falling into excavations.
7.17.13 Work of Height Hazards
Cranes are remarkable and invaluable tools for hoisting and carrying, but they are heavily
represented in the industrial injury and fatality statistics. Most of them occur
in the construction industry. Crane fatalities occur in the construction industry. An identified five
crane-related hazards:
(1) Overturning of a crane or the structural failure of its parts;
(2) Dropping of the suspended load;
(3) Electrocution;
(4) Trapping of people; and
(5) Accidents during erection and dismantling as well as loading and unloading.
The causes of different crane failures have been infers that the overturning of a crane or parts
of it occur due to overloading, differential settlement of the crane support or foundation,
operating on slope (for mobile cranes) and/or operating method. It has been reported that basic
causes of dropping the load are overloading and improper maintenance of the crane and its
parts. Finding also infers that electrocution and trapping are caused due to lack of
communications between the operator, slingers and flagman/supervisor whereas erection and
dismantling injuries are caused by unsafe work practice of erectors and lack of supervision.
7.17.14 Construction machinery and tools hazards
Of all the construction industry fatalities may also occur with construction machinery The types
of machinery involved in accidents include excavators and shovels, earthmoving equipment (i.e.
crawler tractors and bulldozers, scrapers and graders), dumpers and dump trucks, forklift trucks,
road rollers and lorries. Accidents in construction machinery usage occur in one of the following
modes;
 Workers being run-over or struck by machinery moving forward or reversing;
 Collision between machinery or with fixed objects such as false works or
scaffoldings; Overturning of machinery while in operation; and Workers falling
from machinery.
 These accidents are caused by the following major factors: Failure of machinery-
inoperative back-up alarms, brake failures, etc
 Inadequate site planning resulting in poor visibility, inadequate man oeuvre
space, inadequate signboards and poor site traffic control;
Lack of supervision and training of workers and operators; and
Construction noise that masks the sound of back-up alarms and the sound of
plant.
 It is also observed that in the some of event in accidents the primary
external factor was hand-held tools as sorted construction tools in descending
order of hazard, viz: (1) Knife; (2) Hammer, sledge hammer, etc.;
(3)Grinding/cutting machine; (4) Jackhammer; (5) Drill; (6) Manual saw; (7)
Crowbar, spit, etc.; (8) Tools for screwing; (9) Welding equipment – gas; (10)
Axe; (11) Spade/excavation tools; (12) Gripping, holding, pinching, pulling tools;
(13) Chainsaw; (14) Nail gun; (15) Compass saw, hole saw, etc.; (16) Welding
equipment –electrical; (17) Circular saw; (18) Cutting tools; and (19) Other tools.
Use of construction tools cause injuries and fatalities to workers by the following
ways;
 Eye injuries caused by foreign objects getting into eyes by operations such as
grinding, welding, cutting, drilling and breaking;
 Finger/hand injuries by cut and burns;
 Injuries caused by moving/broken machine parts;
 Electrocution; and Vibration from powered hand-held tools, causing a group of
diseases. One of them is blood circulation disturbance known as “vibration white
finger”.
 Specialty systems. Most of the hazards are the result of faulty tools and/or
unsafe handling of tools. Moreover, the type of tools and duration of use also
dictate the hazard.
Major hazards and mitigation measure shall be delineated and shall be considered in OHS
management towards safety in all respect due to multidiscipline activity. It also need extremely
well coordination and sync in activity under project leader. All contractors, team, stakeholders
shall comply with OHS policy prepared exclusively. It will be a duty of employer to get all
employees aware of hazards and risk they may be vulnerable and ensure that it to be his
conscious decision as being instrumental in part of project activity. Mock drill shall also be
planned to bring alertness as well as preparedness for the mishaps
We have considered all hazards and risk associated with projects. However it can be checked
and stalled with OHS plan in place before and during execution. It should be specific to this
particular activity and shall be evaluated at regular interval during construction as well as after
construction. Post installation an offsite DMP shall be prepared in line with district authority
requirement and shall be approved.
Table 7.17 Emergency contact numbers
Sl.No Name of the Dept. Contact No.
A. General Emergency Numbers
1 Police 100
2 Fire 101
3 Ambulance 108
4 DC Office, Belagavi 0831-2407275
Table 7.18 Emergency contact number of KNNL

Sl.No Name of the Dept. Contact No.
1 Office of the Secretary, WRD, Bengaluru 080-22255524
2 Office of the Managing Director, KNNL, Bengaluru 080-22386016
3 Office of the Chief Engineer, INZ, KNNL, Belagavi 0831-2422887
Chapter 8. Project Benefits

The BLIS is proposed to provide economically viable and socially acceptable irrigation practices
for the command area. Irrigation is important to the health of the agricultural industry.
Improving the viability of individual farming and increasing the efficiency and economic stability
of the command area taluks and also contributing to the economic and social objectives of the
Karnataka State are the expected outcomes of the proposed scheme. Some of the important
project benefits are given below:
 Agricultural linkages will be considerably improved.
 The project improves total farm output and hence raises farm income.
 Project improves yields through reduced crop loss due to erratic, unreliable or
insufficient rainfall. The details before and after the advent of irrigation is given
below.
 Extensive agricultural production supplies raw materials to the nearby small scale
industries thereby increasing the economy in the region.
 Increased benefits from flood control, soil erosion, etc
 Altogether, population of 68,735 belongs to 12,636 families in the command area
will be benefitted directly under the scheme.
 Direct employment opportunities for 300 members, 250 during construction
phase and50 members during operation phase of the project. Further, indirectly
labor opportunities will be substantially improved since larger area will be
brought under irrigation.
 It improves fodder crops and in turn dairy farming in the command area.
 Labor requirement will be reduced considerably.
 The project requires only 438 Ha for implementation of the scheme and does not
envisage rehabilitation and resettlement.
 No tree cutting involved and no forest land required for implementation of the
scheme. Agro forestry shall be taken up in command area and it improves the
ecosystem services.
Table 8.1 Crop yield details before the advent of irrigation

Crops Produce per Ha Cost of inputs/ Ha. (Rs.)
(Qtls) Seed Manure Hire labour Total produce (Qtls)
Local Jowar 2.00 190 270 720 1180
Hy. Maize 8.00 140 290 470 900
Bajra 2.00 200 260 669 1129
Groundnut 2.00 640 960 163 1763
Hy. Jowar 2.00 140 294 471 905
Total 16.00 1310 2074 2493 5877
Table 8.2 Crop yield details after the advent of irrigation

Crops Produce per Cost of inputs/ Ha. (Rs.)
Ha (Qtls) Seed Manure Fertilizers Chemicals and Pesticides Hire labour Total produce (Qtls)
Local Jowar 40.00 550 4000 1850 1200 3800 11400
Hy. Maize 50.00 900 4000 2700 2290 5200 15090
Bajra 30.00 400 4000 1780 540 2960 9670
Groundnut 15.00 3000 3950 2400 1490 6800 17640
Hy. Jowar 40.00 300 3950 1850 1290 3800 11190
Total 175.00 5150 19900 10580 6810 22560 64990
Chapter 9. Environment Management Plan

Although agriculture is usually associated with its positive impacts on human life, irrigation practices may be associated with impacts on
environmental conditions, which may eventually curtail the sustainability of irrigation projects. For this reason, Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) has been recognized as an integral part of the early planning studies of irrigation projects in order to identify any expected negative impacts
and suggest the necessary mitigation plans to curb these impacts through formation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP). It would consist of all
mitigation measures for each project activity to be undertaken during the construction, operation of the project to minimize adverse environmental
impacts.
Table 9.1 Environment Management Plan
Responsibility
&
Project Activity Impacts Mitigation measures Advantage Location Time frame
Monitoring
Agency
A. Construction Phase
1. Air Environment
High speed Diesel with
low sulphur content will Throughout
Fuel combustion Emission of be used for the the
Reduction in Intake canal, jack well cum Contractor &
from construction pollutants construction construction
pollutants level pump house KNNL
equipments (PM, SO2) equipments/ vehicles period (24
which has low ash months)
content
Vehicular Water sprinkling and Intake canal, jack well cum

Water
movement and vehicles should be Reduction in fugitive pump house, access roads, Contractor &
Dust pollution sprinkling - 3
operation of covered with tarpaulin, emissions around construction site, KNNL
times/day
batching plants speed limit restrictions disnets
Throughout
Emission of the
Burning of fire Labor camps supplied Reduction in Contractor &
pollutants (C, Labor camp construction
wood with LPG facility emission levels KNNL
SO2) period (24
months)
Responsibility
&
Monitoring
Agency
Throughout
Intake canal, jack well cum
Health the
Operation of DG Healthy working pump house, access roads, Contractor &
problems to Usage of Nose masks construction
sets, excavation environment around construction site, KNNL
labors period (24
disnets
months)
2. Noise Environment
PPEs such as, ear plugs Throughout
Operation of DG Intake canal, jack well cum
and ear muffs will be the
sets and usage of Increase is Reduction in noise pump house, access roads, Contractor &
provided to the construction
construction noise levels levels around construction site, KNNL
workers, Acoustic period (24
equipments disnets
enclosures for DG sets months)
Throughout
Construction activities the
Vehicular Increase is Reduction in noise pump house, access roads, Contractor &
shall be restricted only construction
Movement noise levels levels around construction site, KNNL
to day time period (24
disnets
months)
3. Water Environment
Sewage from Surface and Treatment through Reduction in Throughout
labor camps ground water septic tank and soak pit pollution load the
Contractor &
pollution Labor camps construction
KNNL
period (24
months)
Stagnation of Mosquito Providing proper Healthy environment Throughout
water breeding sanitary facilities the
Contractor &
grounds Labor camps construction
KNNL
period (24
months)
Excavation and Muck Reuse of muck at site, Reduction in surface Intake canal, jack well cum Contractor Throughout
Responsibility
&
Monitoring
Agency
operation of DG generation, disposal of used oil and ground water pump house, disnets &KNNL the
sets blockage of KSPCB authorized contamination construction
natural drains preprocessors period (24
and months)
contamination
of ground
water
Construction of Increase in Provision of sand bags Healthy aquatic Intake canal
Contractor &
intake canal turbidity levels ecosystem 4 Months
KNNL
in river
4. Soil Environment
Construction of Loss of fertile Waste land will be used Land resource Waste land Throughout
labor camps, soil for erection of labor optimization the
Contractor &
stock yards camps construction
KNNL
period (24
months)
Mantainance of Soil Maintenance at service Reduction in soil Throughout
DG sets and contamination centres contamination the
pump house, access roads, Contractor &
construction construction
around construction site, KNNL
machineries period (24
disnets
months)
5. Solid and Hazardous waste Environment
Excavation Change in Reuse of excavated Natural drainage Throughout
hydraulic earth pattern maintained the
Intake canal, jack well cum Contractor &
regime construction
pump house, disnets KNNL
period (24
months)
Improper Water Labor camps at 1 km Reduction in siltation Intake canal and river course Throughout
dumping of solid pollution away from river, and eutrophication Contractor the
waste from labor Disposal to Municipal &KNNL construction
camps Authorities period (24
Responsibility
&
Monitoring
Agency
months)
6. Biological Environment
Construction Wilting of Water sprinkling Normal Throughout
activities plants photosynthetic the
pump house, access roads, Contractor &
activity construction
around construction site, KNNL
period (24
disnets
months)
Labor camps Riverine water Labor camps at 1 km Zero water pollution Labor camps Throughout
pollution away from river, the
Contractor &
restrictions for not construction
KNNL
using the river water period (24
months)
Use of fire wood Cutting of LPG for labor camps Positive ecosystem Labor camps and its Throughout
trees services surrounding the
Contractor &
construction
KNNL
period (24
months)
Washing of Reduced DO Washing at authorized Aquatic system Krishna river Throughout
construction levels service stations maintained the
Contractor &
equipments construction
KNNL
period (24
months)
7. Socio-economic environment
Land acquisition Affecting Compensation as Sustainability for Khilegaon, Ajur, Anantapur, KNNL 6 months
livelihood RFCLA&TRR Act 2013 livelihood Malabad, Bevanoor, Tawashi,
opportunities Naganur, Shirur, Sambargi,
Aralihatti,Bammanala,Jambagi,
Kalloti, Kiranagi, Balligeri,
Gundewadi, Shivanoor,
Madabhavi, Hanamapur,
Masarguppi
Responsibility
&
Monitoring
Agency
Vehicular Health Water sprinkling and Healthy environment Ainpura village, Athani taluk Throughout
movement problems movement of vehicles the
Contractor &
carrying raw materials construction
KNNL
only during night time. period (24
months)
B. Operation phase
Excess application Soil and water Awareness on organic Reduction in Command area KNNL and 3 years
of fertilizers and contamination farming practices pollution load Water user
pesticides Associations
9.1 Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plan

All India Soil Survey & Land Use Planning (AISS&LUP) Ministry of Agriculture, Govt of India have
made inventory of soil resources in the catchments of major Reservoirs and prepared priority
fixation soil survey and categorized into severe, medium and low priority areas for treatment
and micro catchments contributing high sediments are included for soil conservation treatments
which include treatment holistically to arrest the sediments flow into Nala, Rivulet and Rivers
and onward deposition in the major Reservoirs. Adoption of appropriate soil and water
conservation practices is considered to be the only way of conserving and improving land
resources and environment. Large scale soil and water conservation activity in India began in
1934. Realizing the importance of soil conservation, the state government had formulated
scheme as early as in 1942.As per the estimates of state government, about arable land in the
state needs protection. Out of the 120.85 lakh hectares of cultivable area in the state, 71.3 lakh
hectares (59%) needs soil conservation measures and up to the end of 1985-86, an area of
49.82 lakhs has been improved, with an expenditure of Rs 85560 lakhs since inception of the
scheme.
Karnataka is a pioneer in implementing watershed programmes since 1983.Dry land
development boards were constituted at in the divisional level, model watersheds, district level
macro watershed programs, DPAP, DDP, IWDP, WGDP, RVP, NWDPRA and more recently from
April 2008 Integrated Watershed Development Programme (IWMP).A state level perspective and
Strategic Plan (SPSP) is prepared for the state and entire area (120.85 lakh ha) is contemplated
to be treated by the end of XIV the plan period, on 90:10 ratio between center and state.
Further, all programs aimed at enhancing irrigation use efficiency are brought under PMKSY to
provide her kheth KO Pani and to increase crop yield per drop of water. As a result all the
watershed programs are implemented under this activity. In the district of Belagavi, 850 of 1163
micro watersheds have been treated covering an area of 425000 ha have been treated under
Central and State sector area Protection works. Till the end of the sixth five year plan, nearly Rs.
22,000 million was spent on improvement of about 29.3 m ha of the land with various soil and
water conservation measures.
Some of the methods suggested for soil conservation for Basaveshwara LIS catchment area and
other details are provided below:
Gully plugging: This prevents the eroding and down-cutting of gully beds headwords while they
encourage the deposition of silt load and create a micro-environment for the establishment of
vegetative covers. Gully plugs act as grade stabilization structures. The specifications for gully
plug are as follows
Table 9.2 Specifications for Gully Plugs
Slope of gully Width of Type of gully Vertical
bed (off) gully bed (m) Location plug interval (m)
Upto 4.5 Gully bed Brush wood Upto 3
Gully bed & ride
4.5 – 10.5 Earthen 2.25 to 3.0
branch
0-5%
At the confluence of
7.5 to 15.0 Sand bags 2.25 to 3.0
two gullies
Upto 4.5 Gully bed Brush wood Upto 3.0
10-20% Earthen and side
4.5 to 6.0 Gully bed Bet 1.5 to 3.0
branch
The gullies would be treated with engineering/mechanical as well as vegetative methods. Check
dams are recommended for some areas to promote growth of vegetation that will consequently
lead to the stabilization of the slopes area and prevent further deepening of gullies and
consequent erosion. For controlling the gullies, the erosive velocities are reduced by flattening
out the steep gradient of the gully. This is achieved by constructing a series of check dam which
transform the longitudinal gradient into a series of steps with low risers and long flat treads.
Different types of check dams would be required for different conditions comprising different
materials, depending upon the site conditions and by using the locally available materials. This is
often the most acceptable soil conservation measures that can easily establish and should form
a dense thicket near the ground level when planted in close vicinity. The following materials are
recommended for the purpose.
 Brushwood check dam
 Dry rubble stone masonry (DRSM)
 Check dams with stones available at the site
 Combination of DRSM and crate works – for moderate to deep gullies with locally
available stones at sites
The advantage of brushwood check dams is that they are quick and easy to construct and are
inexpensive as they are constructed by using readily available materials at the site. In addition
to the vegetative measures used for stabilization of gullies, temporary or permanent mechanical
measures are used as supplementary measures to prevent the washing away of young
plantations by large volume of runoff. The gullies get stabilized over a period of time with the
establishment of vegetative cover. With passage of time mechanical structures weaken and
vegetative measures get strengthened.
The drainage basin of the river, usually referred to as catchment area needs some kind of
treatment in the overall interest of the development of the area extending along the river with a
view to improve land management through biological and engineering measures, with the
objective of arresting soil erosion and improve its vegetation, and control over grazing by cattle.
The catchment area treatment involves intensive and highly technical measures, which require
the expertise of technical skill. The watershed committees have to be constituted at the
panchayath level in the Panchayaths covered in the proposed command areas of Basaveshwara
LIS spread over in the jurisdiction of Mudhol and Athani taluks of Belagavi District with the
objective of an integrated approach involving multi disciplinary experts dealing with forest,
agriculture, horticulture, watershed, sociologists, besides local panchayat members and
community members. The area under each watershed has been planned on the basis of Land
use / land cover and topographic conditions. The total area proposed for treatment is 7000 ha,
in the Basaveshwara project basin.
For the plain regions, Watershed Development Department, Karnataka, Bengaluru has
suggested the following soil conservation practices. The most important practice among those is
mentioned below, is contour and broad based bunding:
Table 9.3 Soil conservation Measures and Practices Recommended for the Krishna River at
Basaveshwara LIS Catchment Area
Sl. Type of Soil Conservation Practices recommended
No.
1 Contour bunds with open  <750mm Rain fall, Black soil areas;, slopes of 1-
ends 6%
2 Zing terraces with raised  Black soils (Medium and Deep)
waste weirs(15 to 23 cms)  Rain fall 600-750 mm
 Land slopes, 1-5 %
 Infiltration rate >6 mm h‾⅓
3 Water ways  Surplus storm water due to high intensity rains
4 Compartment bunds  For medium Black soils
5 Broad Bed and Furrow  Deep black soil with rain fall upto 750 mm
6 Land leveling  Low (bottom) flat deep areas leveled.
 Bench terraces are also leveled by cut and fill.
7 Check dams/Nala  Gully sites having restricted width and
bunds/Percolation tanks considerable depth, all types of soils.

 Gullies with low permeability stable beds.
 Rain fall of 600-1200 mm
Farm ponds  Areas with high intensity rains.
8
 Low permeability locations
9 Plantations  Horticulture and timber value seedlings as block
plantations.
9.1.1 Cost Estimates as per Soil conservation treatments suggested

 Area to be Treated (ha) -13785
 No. of Check dams (ha)- 85
 Cost (Rs. Lakhs)- 425
 Contour bunding /Bench terracing (ha)- 8390
 Cost (Rs. Lakhs) – 604.08 lakhs
 Plantations (ha)- 1131 ha
 Cost (Rs. Lakhs)- 364.74 lakhs
Table 9.4 Year wise cost estimates for soil conservation practices
No. of
Area to Cost Contour
Check Cost (Rs. Plantations Cost (Rs.
Treated (Rs. bunding/Bench
dams Lakhs)** (ha) Lakhs)***
(ha) Lakhs)* terracing (ha)
(ha)
13785 85 425 8390 604.08 1131 364.74
Total 968.82 Lakhs
*Cost of each check dam being Rs.5.00 Lakhs
**Cost of Contour bunding (ha) construction is Rs. 7,200/ha
***Cost for Agro Horticulture is Rs. 32249/ha.
Total cost for catchment area treatment is = 968.82 Lakhs
Table 9.5 Area and Cost Estimate for Catchment Area Treatment
Financial Outlay
Year Physical (Ha)
(Rs. In Lakhs)
2016-17 3448.4 193.764
2017-18 3448.4 193.764
2018-19 3448.4 193.764
2019-20 3448.4 193.764
2020-21 3448.4 193.764
Total 17242 968.820
9.1.2 Reclamation of salt affected soils
 Laying of lateral drains in the proposed command area, the water table should
be lowered if it is high and water should be at least 3 to 4 meters below the
surface.
 The land should be level or contour farmed so that the surface of the soil will be
soaked uniformly by water
9.1.2.1 Management of saline and sodic soils
 Selection of crops or crop varieties that have higher tolerances for salt or sodium
 Use of special planting procedure that minimise salt accumulation around the
seed otherwise lowers Germination percentage.
 Use of the appropriate irrigation method for the root characteristics of the crop
 Use of sloping beds and other special land preparation procedures and tillage
methods to provide a low salt environment
 Use of canal or surface irrigation water to dilute the salts and to leach out the
salts from the root zone for good germination.
 Application of amendments such as manure, compost, etc. for improving soil
structure and tilt. Conservation tillage to incorporate crop residues will help
create drainage.
 Deep ploughing of soil to break up sodic and other hardpans or other impervious
layers to provide internal drainage.
 Use of chemical amendments as described.
 Good, sound agronomic farming practices and careful need based fertilizer
management.
9.2 Command area development plan

9.2.1 Water Users’ Association (WUA)
The modern irrigation management aims at high efficiency of water conveyance and appropriate
methods of water application, through participatory irrigation management at each stage of
irrigation development. In Karnataka, it is essential to promote and implement the theme of
participatory irrigation management in all the Irrigation projects through formation of Water
Users’ Association. The construction of OFD works will be taken up after formation of WUAs
under the supervision of CADA, Belagavi.
Functions of water user’s association.
 Preparation of plan for the maintenance of irrigation system in the area of its
operation at the end of each crop season and carry out the maintenance works
of both distributory system and minor & field drains in its area of operation with
the funds of the association from time to time & provide funds for the
maintenance of staff including such persons who are placed by the state
Government with the Water User’s Association for the purpose of regulation &
maintenance of irrigation system.
 To regulate the use of water among the various pipe outlet under its area of
operation.
 To promote economy in the use of water allocated.
 To maintain a register of land holders as published by the revenue department.
 To prepare & maintain a register of co-opted members.
 To prepare & maintain an inventory of the irrigation system within the area of
operation.
 To monitor flow of water for irrigation.
 To resolve the disputes, if any between the members & water users in its area of
operation.
 To raise resources.
 To maintain accounts.
 To cause annual audit of its accounts.
 To assist in the conduct of elections to the managing committee.

 To maintain other records as may be prescribed.
 To abide by the decisions of the distributory & project committee.
 To conduct general body meetings as may be prepared.
 To conduct regular water budgeting and also to conduct periodical social audit,
as may be prescribed.
 To encourage modernization of agriculture in its area of operation.
The efficient management of irrigation water for maximizing productivity requires, firstly the
efficient on farm water management and secondly the optimization of the use of water and land,
through appropriate methods of water application. The efficient on-farm water management is
related to water delivery system and allied works in the command area, which distributes the
water to each farm. The items of works pertaining to on farm water management are termed as
“On Farm Development Works”.
The On Farm Development works comprise of the following,
 Mainatainence of disnets, sumps
 Control structures
 Mainatainence of Automation
 Surface Drainage system
 Farm roads
 Land forming (Smoothening / grading/leveling)
9.3 Green belt development plan/afforestation

9.3.1 Plan for conservation of RET species
The KNNL is fully committed for protection of Environment and flora and fauna. The main aim of
Conservation of Biodiversity is to ensure “No Net Loss”. The biodiversity-related Conventions are
based on the premise that further loss of biodiversity is unacceptable. Biodiversity must be
conserved to ensure it survives, continuing to provide services, values and benefits for current
and future generations. The following approach has been chosen by the IAIA to help achieve
‘no net loss’ of biodiversity:
 Avoidance of irreversible loss of biodiversity.
 Seeking alternative solutions to minimize biodiversity losses.
 Use of mitigation to restore biodiversity resources.
 Compensation for unavoidable loss by providing substitutes of at least similar
biodiversity value.
 Looking for opportunities for enhancement.
The KNNL & Forest Department undertakes to enforce and strictly adhere to the provisions of
the relevant acts such as the Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972, Environment (Protection) Act of
1986; the Biological Diversity Act 2002; Forest Conservation Act 1980 and other rules and
regulations that may be notified from time to time by the competent authorities.
The KNNL and Forest Department will take adequate care while preparing the blue print of the
project and allocate adequate funds as per rules. All along the major canal banks, Chloroxylon
swietenia, listed as the vulnerable tree by the IUCN shall be planted at a distance of 5 m.
Similarly, the medicinal herb Gloriosa superba will be planted on the slopes of the earthen dam
and canal banks for prevention of erosion and for species conservation. Only the native forest
trees will be grown in the compensatory forests.
9.3.2 Agro forestry activities in command area
Agro-forestry refers to the practice of Agriculture and Forestry in the same piece of land. The
Karnataka Forest Department (KFD) has accorded high emphasis on farm forestry as a
component in the afforestation programmes. The sector of Agro-forestry or Farm Forestry has a
good potential as most of the agriculture lands are devoid of any trees, in the district. The trees
if planted on the bunds and on the boundary of the lands, protect the crops from the desiccating
high winds and also provide additional income from the trees to the farmer apart from providing
him fodder and fuel as well.
Table 9.7 Green belt developments Plan around intake canal and jack well
Area proposed for No. of Source for Responsible agency

Time frame
Green belt saplings saplings for implementation
Belagavi KFD After completion of
Intake canal 30 KNNL
Nursery inspection path works
Jack well cum Belagavi KFD After completion of site
80 KNNL
pump house Nursery works
Belagavi KFD First 2 years - 137310
Command area 10/ ha KNNL and KFD
Nursery Next 2 years –137310
Canal Bank Belagavi KFD After completion of
12720 KNNL and KFD
Plantation Nursery inspection path works
Further, to obtain sustainable results in the green cover management, it is suggested that the
green belt development be handed over to the Horticulture Department, Government of
Karnataka and compensatory forestry, canal bank and agro-forestry program be handed over to
the Forest and Agriculture Department, Government of Karnataka.
9.3.3 Species for green belt and Agro forestry development
Table 9.8 Species recommended for plantation
Sl.No Local Name Botanical Name Sl.No Local Name Botanical Name
1 Ala Ficus bengalensis 18 Kadivala Stephegyne parviflora
2 Basari Ficus infectoria 19 Kadnugge Moringa pterygosperma
3 Beete Dalbergia latifolia 20 Kakke Cassia fistula
4 Buruga Bombax ceiba 21 Kanagalu Dillenia pentagyna
5 Dindiga Anogeissus latifolia 22 Kaval Careya arborea
6 Godda Lannea coromandclica 23 Mathi Terminalia tomentsa
7 Goni Ficus mysorensis 24 Muthuga Butea monosperma
8 Halasu Artocarpus heterophyllus 25 Nandi Lagerstroemea lanceolata
9 Honne Pterocarpus marsupium 26 Nelli Emblica officinalis
10 Hunalu Terminalia paniculata 27 Neralu Syzygium cumini
11 Ippe Madhuca Indica 28 Shivani Gmelina arborea
12 Jagalaganti Diospyros montana 29 Tadasalu Grewia tilaefolia
13 Jambe Xylia xylocarpa 30 Tare Terminalia bellerica
14 Saguvani Tectona grandis 31 Hunase Tamarindus indica
15 Yethiga Adina cordifolia 32 Honge Pongamia pinnata
16 Mavu Mangifera indica 33 Huruglu Chloroxylon swietenia
17 Kadugeru Semecarpus anacardium 34 Bevu Azadirachta indica
Further, to obtain sustainable results in the green cover management, afforestation programs,
canal bank plantations and agro-forestry programs will be handed over to the Forest
Department, Government of Karnataka.
9.4 Fisheries Development Plan

The richness of the wide spectrum of native flora and fauna, especially in the lotic and lentic
water bodies, is governed by their zoogeographical locations. Majority of rivers in the country on
of such precise demarcation, inherently, do not harbor the fast growing fish species of economic
importance. Thus, in order to auger enrichment of indigenous fish germplasm and to auger
considerable fish production from such biotopes, efforts to transplant several indigenous as well
as exotic fish from one river to the other are in practice. Often, selected fish species are
transplanted from one river to other river or from rivers to the lakes and reservoirs. Farm-grown
fish fingerlings of major carp and exotic carp are also stocked in lotic water bodies so as to
improve the stock and to retard the extinction of exiting fish species.
To a large extent , it is possible to rise the productivity of a water may by introducing and
acclimatization may be carried out through ‘Supplanting’ a more valuable commercial fish
species into the biotope which uses the same food web as the less valuable members of the
local fauna. This leads to establishment of new food riches, ultimately resulting in high fish yield.
Transplantation of indigenous and exotic fish species in river systems in the state, however, is
not so common; but whatever little has been accomplished in the recent past, has produced
quite encouraging results. Proper attention this sphere has to be directed towards large sized
indigenous fish species sport fish, cold water fish, after studying the environmental factors and
zoogeographical distribution pattern of each.
So as resource to this ‘objective’ around 10lakhs fish fingerlings comprised of Indian major crap
– catla catla -40.0%Labeo rohita -30.0% and Cirrhinus mrigake-30.0% in the size of over 75
mm are to be introduced in the Krishna river annually in and around the project site. Fisheries
division at Narayanpur reservoir complex, Vijayapura, saudatti and Thungabhadra dam (Bellary)
will definitely meet the requirement needed. The project site authorities related to this project
could also contribute their service and also submit their indents well in advance say during
January –February of each year to the respective officers of the department of fisheries who, on
their part, will make sure to effect the supply required, around august –September, the process
helps in increased fish production from the river Krishna and their reservoir/impounded to be
formed. The entire profession since years, generation after generation to modestly ekk out their
livelihoods. Rs. 10 lakhs is earmarked for this purpose.
9.4.1 A matter of concern
Perhaps no other area of aquatic ecology requires a serious and more inter – disciplinary
approach than stream/ river ecology. Geology, geomorphology, hydrology, bio – geochemistry,
nutrient dynamics, microbiology, botany, invertebrate zoology, fish and fish biology, food – web
analysis, bio – production and bio – monitoring are but a few of the disciplines from which
stream/ river ecology draws scientists , government institutions, Resource managers and also
the general public out certain ecological problems being faced by such environments. It has
been realized that the stream/ river ecology as an integrative science can help societies and the
like around the globe grappling with environmental degradation of their water resources.
Indeed, these water bodies are fundamental to the human, floral and faunal part of the
biodiversity substance and existence and its sustainability. Needless to impress upon that, of
late, lotic and lentic water bodies, all over the areas of their existence, ecologically, have
experienced many instances of rapidly advancing degradations prompting research,
methodologies with coupled technologies in order to put them again back on the right tracts
adhering to the quality and hygiene standards.
In order to maintain desirable ecological and biological norms and also the aquatic life, fish
species inhabiting in particular in the Krishna river at the site and all – along its run, attention is
being drawn to the following points for long – term benefits.
9.4.2 Prevention of flow of domestic, municipal and industrial sewage into
the Krishna River
The human population explosion and the rapid industrialisation in the country have resulted in
generation of greater volume of domestic sewage and industrial wastes. These being discharged
indiscriminately into the rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs etc., are influencing alterations,
physically, chemically and biologically waters by the addition of substance or mixture of these
which interfere by hampering the use of the medium by creating a condition known as
‘pollution’. Besides, flow of industrial and municipal/ domestic wastes, all the time and the
extensive use of pesticides for greater yield of crop and protection of food grains and their entry
into the water bodies existing during the monsoon seasons in particular, also cause pollution of
both the water and the soil.
Every water body affirms certain inbuilt capacity of ‘Self - Purification’ and ‘Self-cleansing’ within
which, it is perfectly capable of cleaning itself. However, ever – increasing population,
consumption of the elixir of life and land – usage are causing increased water pollution and thus
the amount of polluted water getting discharged into the systems are constantly exceeding their
self – purification capacities and, being so, the external purification process cannot affect proper
treatment of the water entirely. Caution should be exercised to release only the treated waters
into the rivers and such other biotope.
9.4.3 Overfishing problems
All animals produce a greater number of off springs than would be necessary to perpetuate
them and these bear a natural tendency to further their respective populations as time advance.
In fact, of course, no single kind of animal has the world to itself and its rate of increase is
modified by the presence of other, complimentary or other –wise inhabitants in nature. Most of
these merely compete for the food, water, breeding grounds and the like that makes life
possible.
There are no animals existing that are free from ‘adversaries’ or competitors, and, as a rule,
normally, in fact, the population of any kind of animal is in equilibrium. But when the enemies,
need – based or selfish, are so powerful that there is a decrease each year of the number of
specimens reaching ‘maturity’, then, the stock is ‘threatened’ with destruction.
Fish like all other animals show a natural tendency to increase in numbers and some species
produce as much as 10,000,000 eggs at each spring,. But, life is very dangerous for these,
particularly when young and in certain instances, as much as around 99.99% of their eggs may
perish, due mostly to pollutional or ecological stresses. Amongst the many animals which are the
enemies of fish is the fisherman himself. Although, in oceans and such other expansive water
areas, he may at best be a slight nuisance to the fish and its habitat; in small and larger
fluviatile and impounded water sheets, he is often the ‘worst’ enemy who can destroy, and will,
the entire stock. If one is a good fisherman, an autodidact, he will farm the stock by exploiting
only a rational yield so that his supply of fish lasts for days to come, and, if one is a bad
professional, he will grab all he can get and, if there are many others like him, they, between
themselves, will over-fish the stock, result being, ultimately, the natural or farmed stock gets
harvested faster than it can be replenished by the natural reproduction processes. If persisted to
continue in this format, rapidly, the numbers gets reduced and may, in extreme cases, the entire
stock gets destroyed.
Over-fishing may be brought about simply by fishing as intensively that not enough numbers are
left in nature to produce young ones to make good the loss. or, it may be caused by exploiting
the available stock of all sizes by unsuitable unethical and unscientific methods like operation of
small-meshed gillnets, poisoning, dynamiting, etc., so that a large proportion of young
specimens in the form of juveniles are taken out which have not yet had time to reproduce
themselves. This is precisely what is being done by the local and migratory fishermen, at the site
and closely related locations of the Krishna River. In such instances, as soon as the power of
reproduction of the stock is reduced, it deduces as an act of over-fishing. Farming of fish in
nature, other than the fish farms is quite possible for long-term gains. Nevertheless, it can be
done, as in fish sanctuaries located across many rivers in the State/ Country, though, of course,
the results are slower to get recognition and appreciation for the overall benefits of the society
at large. For this very reason, if for no other, there is nearly, always, intense opposition to any
scheme to save the stock by declaring the “breeding season as closed season” to facilitate fish
to breed and improve the stock. This opposition, most unfortunately, invariably, comes from the
fishermen themselves and others like the fish merchants, fish contractors directly concerned in
the fishery and is the reflection of their own ignorance, conservatism and also inability to look
into the future.
In order to derive life-long benefits, one has to, as Martin H. Fisher (1879-1962) puts “just go
into partnership with nature, she does more than half the work and asks none of the fee”.
Sustainable development, conservation and harvest should be the principles one should follow
and adhered-to.
9.4.4 Occurrence and proliferation of alien fish species:
The introduction of exotic fishes in Indian waters is still a subject of controversy due to their
possible and proven deleterious effects on the indigenous fish germplasm. The fish species,
Oreochromis mossambica (South America), Oreochromis nilotica (Egypt) and Clarias gariepinus
(Africa) are recognized, the world-over, as “Flag-ship” species in aquatic environments due to
their destructive efficiency in establishing themselves and their produce, which multiplies at will
and dominates the systems in a very short-time ever. Their total extermination becomes a very
serious challenge, especially, in larger water bodies where these are already well established.
The species have been well recorded/ reported to occur in the river Krishna located close to the
site studied. Their inadvertent/ accidental/ intentional entry in good many water sheets and the
serious influence, negative, on the piscine-and other faunal elements is well-documented. Very
serious and concrete efforts are to be made for their total elimination in order to secure all other
fish species in particular and, other forms of aquatic life present in the lotic and the lentic water
bodies. It is on record that “unequivocal evidence exists to prove the ill-effects of culture of alien
species, be it floral or faunal, on the native ‘biodiversity’ of a given area”. It is to be noted
seriously that “once a species becomes EXTINCT, it is lost to the society together with its
potential contribution towards sustainable development”. The precautionary principle is
therefore, an important part of the rationale for CONSERVATION.
9.5 Muck Disposal plan

The top soil being dug will be stored in a designated place and it will be reused for green belt
and landscaping works within 12 months. We also hereby illustrate the protocol for top soil
preservation and reuse.
Table 9.9 Muck disposal plan
Total Constructio
Service Road and Formation of Filling Land
excavated n of CD
Inspection Path embankment trenches leveling
quantity cum works
2059650 617895 308948 823860 205965 102982
9.6 Ground Water Management Plan

Due to the provision of water by drip irrigation and/ or sprinkler method facilities to individual
farmers the drawl of groundwater is likely to decrease and vast areas will be put to use for
cultivation. The crop acreage is increased substantially. As such the groundwater levels will
increase and further exploitation will be minimized. After a few years the monitoring programme
should be envisaged to study the potential of groundwater and conjunctive management could
be planned.
9.7 Public Health Delivery plan

Periodical health checkups (once in 6 months) is proposed for construction labors. District Health
Hospital of Belagavi will be consulted for necessary arrangements will be done to consult the
Hospital.
9.8 Sanitary and Solid Waste Management Plan

 Solid waste generated at the labor camps will be collected in different bins and
the recyclable waste will be handed over to the Belagavi Municipal authority.
 Provision of toilets and bathrooms will be provided at labor camp to avoid open
defecation.
 The domestic waste water will be treated with septic tank and soak pit.
9.9 Plan for Restoration of Quarry sites

All the construction materials required for the construction activities will be sources from the
Government approved quarries.
9.10 Cost for implementing EMP

Table 9.10 Cost for implementing EMP
Item Particulars Estimated Cost in Rs.
I. Construction Phase
A. Air Pollution Control
400/- x 2 tractors x 3 trips
per day x 24 month's 25days
Water sprinkling 7,00,000.00
(excluding rainy season and
holidays)
Personnel protective equipments Lumpsum 50,000.00
Chimney to DG sets Lumpsum 50,000.00
4 cylinders per unit x 25 units
LPG as cooking fuel 18,00,000.00
x 550 x 2 years
Sub-total A 26,00,000.00
B. Noise Pollution Control
Personnel protective equipments Lumpsum 50,000.00
Sub-total B 50,000.00
C. Water Pollution Control
Septic and soak pit Lumpsum 1,00,000.00
Sand bags Lumpsum 50,000.00
Sub-total C 1,50,000.00
D. Solid & Hazardous Waste Management
Solid waste collection bins with
Lumpsum 50,000.00
shed
Hazardous waste collection area
Lumpsum 50,000.00
with shed
Sub-total D 1,00,000.00
E. Biological Environment
Plantation around intake canal and
110 saplings x 100 rs 11,000.00
jack well
Agro forestry development 274620 saplings x 10 rs 27,46,200.00
Fisheries development Lumpsum 10,00,000.00
Item Particulars Estimated Cost in Rs.

63.6 Km X 1 sapling/5m =
Canal bank plantation 2,41,68,000.00
12720 saplings x 1900 rs
Sub-total E 2,79,25,200.00
F. Socio-economic Environment
1081.08 Acres x 2.74 cr x 2 x
Land acquisition 93,80,00,000.00
100 solatium
Awareness and Training 5 lakhs per year x 3 years 15,00,000.00
Sub-total F 93,95,00,000.00
G. Environmental Monitroing during construction period
Sub-total G 55,40,000.00
Total (A-G) 97,58,65,200.00
II. Operation Phase
Environmental Monitoring for 3 years 11,52,000.00
Green Belt mainatainence for 3 years 15,00,000.00
Awareness and Training for 3 years 15,00,000.00
Soil conservation measures and implementation of CAT plan for 5
9,68,00,000.00
years
Total 10,09,52,000.00
Chapter 10. Summary and Conclusion

 The proposed Basaveshwara Lift Irrigation scheme envisages lifting of 4 TMC of
water from Krishna River near Ainapur village, Athani taluk, Belagavi district and
providing irrigation facility for 27,462 ha of lands.
 The proposed irrigation is only during Khariff season and the intensity of
irrigation is kept at 100%.
 The annual average rainfall in the area is 513.8 mm this area is deprived by
rainfall. Therefore, providing irrigation to these areas is very much important to
improve the crop yield.
 According to amendment to EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent
amendments in 2014, the proposed project command area is > 10000 Ha
categorized as 'A' and requires EC from MoEF, New Delhi.
 The proposed project is planning to utilize water only during June-October based
on the crop water requirement. The project is designed keeping in view of the
demand of downstream flow (e-flow).
 An intake channel (1250 m) is proposed to lift the water from Krishna River. A
jack well cum pumphouse will be constructed to pump the water to the Delivery
chamber through a MS rising main of 15.9 Km length (2.75 m dia). The entire
27462 ha command area will be irrigating under single stages.
 There are 22 benefiting villages under BLIS. Altogether, 13526 households and
68839 populations are being benefited under the scheme.
 The proposed project requires 438 Ha for implementation of the project. The
land required is only for construction of Jack well cum pump house, Intake canal
and Delivery chambers.
 The benefit cost ratio has been worked out to 1.08 considering the annual
administrative expenses, depreciation charges and electrical energy charges.
 In order to assess the baseline environmental status, command area, 10 Km
radius from the main project components were considered and the data was
collected for Post Monsoon Season (Dec 2015 to Feb 2016), Pre Monsoon season
(March 2016 to May 2016) and Monsoon Season (June 2016 to Aug 2016).
 During the study period, maximum temperature of 41.35ºC was observed during
Post Monsoon (March, 2016 to April, 2016), while minimum of 11.75ºC was
recorded in Pre - Monsoon (Dec 2015 to Feb 2016).
 The results of ambient air quality reveal that, PM10 was in the range between 41
– 72 g/m3and whereas PM2.5 was in the range between 18 – 30 g/m3. SO2
and NO2 are in the range between 2.51 – 9.12 g/m3and 8.5 – 13.97
g/m3respectively. The air quality index in the study area is found to be
satisfactory for PM10 and good for PM2.5 and gases (SO2 and NO2).
 The results of ambient noise levels were compared with Residential standards
and results reveal that, the noise levels in the study area ranging from 46.15–
52.34 d(B)A for day time and 36.06 – 43.67 d(B)A for night time during Post -
Monsoon season. The noise levels during Pre -Monsoon season is ranging
between 48.38 -54.38 d(B)A for day time and 35.8 – 37.4 d(B)A for night time
and 46.88 – 49.61 dB(A) for day and 36.33 – 39.75 d(B)A for night time during
Monsoon season respectively.
 The main rock type observed in the command area is Basalt belonging to Flows
sparsely to moderately porphyritic of various flows belonging to Upper
Cretaceous to Lower Eocene Age.
 The depth to water level in the study area was measured wherever it was
feasible and recorded as reported during the field study. . The depth to water
level varied between 8.0 to 35.0m.
 Water table elevation in the study area ranges from less than 603 mts to more
than 546 mts. Over the vast area it is between 520 and 620 m amsl. Water table
less than 546 m is observed in and around Kudachi.
 The black soils on shale, limestone and basalt are deep, are moderately well
drained, clay with slow permeability and is rich in bases (alkaline condition) and
has a very high water holding capacity. The soils in the Basaveshwara LIS
project area are mostly black soil, while the red and mixed soils constitute only
20 percent, and are two to four feet deep, heavy in texture, with 45 to 55 per
cent clay and contain free calcium carbonate throughout the profile. There is
generally a zone of salt concentration in the soil profile at a depth of 18 to 36
inches, the principal salt being gypsum. Below the gypsum layer occurs ‘murrum’
which is practically impermeable to water, so that the internal drainage of the
soil is lateral rather than vertical within the profile.
 In the study area one soil sample come under the category of Class-III, this
indicates that the soil samples are under high salinity. i.e., soil sample no 10 of
Sambaragi village is of high salinity during post- monsoon indicating salt
encrustations on the surface soil which needs drainage to leach out salts.
However the detailed soil survey has given an indication that soil CII found in 8
soil samples of post-monsoon season (nos 1to 5 and 8 to 10) and 7 soil samples
of pre-monsoon season(Nos 1,3 to 6,8 and 10,11) were of medium salinity when
used for irrigation, moderate leaching is required.`
 The estimated potential soil erodibility is 6.8 in the command area, which is less
than 8 and therefore it is inferred that this is a moderately erodable land.
 The results indicate that the core zone is dominated by crop lands followed by
forest and water body. It also includes barren rocky land agricultural plantation.
 A total of 155 plant species were recorded in both core and buffer area of the
proposed project site. Of which 48 belong to tree species, 16 belongs to shrub
species and 91 species belongs to herbs respectively.
 The field sighting and published records for the region indicated that 9 mammals
were reported for the region. There are about 29 birds recorded for the region,
which are more common found in outside the project area. There are 9 species
of butterflies were observed in core and buffer area of the project. A total of 8
reptiles and 2 amphibians were also observed in the project area. Majority of the
fauna recorded or reported for the region were also observed outside the project
area in semi-arid region of Karnataka.
 Detailed Limnological and Fisheries investigation carried – out in the river
Krishna, in and around the project site, indicate ‘Optimum’ Physico – chemical
and biological features to support and sustain the aquatic life present.
 The plankton constituent of the river Krishna at the site complex, Ainapur, Athani
taluk, Belagavi district studied during the pre-summer / pre and monsoon
seasons, recorded a very ‘poor’ picture whence the vagaries of nature and the
water column in the river had a severe influence on the plankton constituent at
the time. It is also true to state that ‘pre-monsoon and monsoon’ seasons have
been categorized as ‘poor’ plankton production periods.
 Fishing was organized in the Krishna River, at the site and also areas located
close – by, by engaging the local fishermen by employing castnets, gillnets,
uduvala etc., the fish species so harvested and the ones floating when the water
level, during the lean season, was low were analysed. The catch, depending
upon the seasons and the quantity one gets, is being sold locally and, if the
produce is good – enough is being exported to nearby districts or towns.
 Fish seed stocking and the fisheries developmental strategies have been
highlighted which should be taken – up with all sincerity and seriousness by the
concerned Government Institutions to facilitate fisheries development on the
basis of scientific know – how available to help the fisher folk to ekk – out their
livelihood honorable.
 The environmental impacts are conferred only to the construction phase which is
short term, temporary in nature. No major structures are proposed in the project
except Jack well; pump house, intake canal and distributory network. During
operation phase, excess application of fertilizers and pesticides will have impact
on soil and water.
 Environmental Monitoring is proposed during the construction and operation
phase of the project. Rs. 55.4 lakhs was estimated for environmental monitoring
during construction phase (24 months) and Rs. 11.52 lakhs is estimated for
operation phase of the project.
 The project will impact 404 titleholders in 20 villages. The total land required as
per the alignment survey is 438 Ha spread across various villages for
implementation of the scheme. Land acquisition will have to be done as per the
Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation
and Resettlement (Compensation, Rehabilitation and Resettlement, Development
Plan) Rules, 2015 published in the Govt. of India Gazette on 18th December,
2015. Total cost of 93.5 crores is worked for compensation to be paid for the
land losers.
 Direct employment opportunities for 300 people, 50 technical and 250
construction laborers for the construction of intake channel, jack well cum pump
house, rising main, delivery chambers and distribution network consisting of Lift.
 The project allows a greater area of land to be used for crops in areas where
rain fed production is impossible or marginal.
 Effective EMP is proposed to mitigate the impacts during construction and
operation phase of the project on various environmental components such as air,
water, noise, soil, solid and hazardous waste, biological and social environment.
Catchment area treatment plan, command area development plan, green belt
development plan, muck disposal plan and fisheries development plan is also
proposed for implementation. For this Rs. 97.58 crores is earmarked for
construction phase and 10.09 crores is earmarked for operation phase of the
project.
 Overall, the project will have minor impacts during construction phase but the
project will bring substantial improvement on environment during operation
phase of the project.
&&&&&
Chapter 11.Disclosure of Consultants

M/s Environmental Health and Safety Consultants Pvt. Ltd is located at Rajajinagar, Bengaluru
have been involved in obtaining environment clearances for various developmental projects from
the Ministry of Environment, Forests& Climate Change (MoEF), New Delhi since 2002.
In accordance with the orders and notifications of the MoEF, Govt. of India, the organisation is
ISO 9001:2008 certified and accredited as 'A' category organisation from National Accreditation
Board for Education and Training (NABET) in seven sectors viz., River Valley and Hydroelectric
Projects, Metallurgical Industries, Roads and Highways, Sugar Industries, Distilleries as well as
building & construction projects and townships.
The company comprises of highly dynamic and well qualified team of Environmental Engineers
and subject experts, both in-house and empanelled in various fields such as Ecology and
Biodiversity, Socio-economics, Soil Conservation, Land Use studies, Hydrology, Geology, Risk
Assessments, etc.
The organisation has state of art in-house environmental laboratories at Bengaluru and Belagavi
capable of conducting all types of sampling and analysis related to Air, Water, Noise and Soil.
Bengaluru laboratory is accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
Laboratories (NABL) for 310 parameters and recognized from MoEF under the E(P) Act, 1986
and also certified for ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18000:2007. Whereas, the
Belagavi Laboratory is recognized from MoEF under the E(P) Act, 1986.
EHS Group – Corporate Office, Bengaluru EHS Group - Belagavi Office
Monitoring Vehicles Sophisticated instruments
Chapter 12. Compliance to Terms of Reference

Sl. No. TORs Compliance with respect to
draft EIA Report
1. Scope of EIA
The EIA Report should identify the relevant
environmental concerns and focus on potential impacts
that may change due to the construction of proposed
project. Based on the baseline data collected for three
(3) seasons (pre-monsoon/summer. Monsoon and
Complied
Winter) of the existing environment in the area and
capacity to bear the impact on this should be analyzed.
Based on this analysis, the mitigation measures for
minimizing the impact shall be suggested in the
EIA/EMP study.
2 Details of the Project and Site
General introduction about the proposed project Chapter 1.
Details of all upstream and downstream projects Chapter 5.
A map of boundary of the project site giving details of
Chapter 3.
protected areas in the vicinity of project location.
Location details on a map of the project area with
contours indicating main project features. The project
layout shall be superimposed on a contour map of
ground elevation showing main project features (viz. Chapter 2.
location of dam, Head works, main canal, branch
canals, quarrying etc.) shall be depicted in a scaled
map.
Layout details and map of the project along with
contours with project components clearly marked with
Chapter 2.
proper scale maps of at least 1 :50,000 scale and
printed at least on A3 scale for clarity
Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere
Reserve etc. in the study area, if any, should be
detailed and presented on a map with distinct distances Chapter 3.
from the project components
Drainage pattern and map of the river catchment up to
Chapter 3.
the proposed project site.
Soil characteristics and map of the project area. Chapter 3.
Geological and Seismo-tectonic details and maps of the
area surrounding the proposed project site showing Chapter 3.
location of dam site and canal sites
Remote Sensing studies, interpretation of satellite
imagery, topographic sheets along with ground
verification shall be used to develop the land use/land
cover pattern of the study using overlaying mapping Chapter 3.
techniques viz. Geographic Information System (GIS),
False Color Composite (FCC) generated from satellite
data of project area
Land details including forests, private and other land. Chapter 3.
3 Description of Environment and Baseline Data

draft EIA Report
To know the present status of environment in the area,
baseline data with respect to environmental
components air, water, noise, soil, land and biology &
biodiversity (flora & fauna), wildlife, socioeconomic
status etc. should be collected within 10 km radius of
the main components of the project/site i.e. dam site
and power house site. The air quality and noise are to
be monitored at such locations which are
environmentally & ecologically more sensitive in the
study area. The baseline studies should be collected for Complied
3 seasons (Pre Monsoon, Monsoon and Post Monsoon
seasons). Flora-Fauna in the catchment and command
area should be documented.
The study area should comprise of the following:
 Command area
 Project area or the direct impact area should
comprise of area within 10 Km radius of the
main project components like Jack well, pump
house, etc.
4 Details of Methodology
The methodology followed for collection of base line
data along with details of number of samples and their
locations in the map should be included. Study area
should be demarcated properly on the appropriate scale
Chapter 3.
map. Sampling sites should be depicted on map for
each parameter with proper legends. For Forest
Classification, Champion and Seth (1968) methodology
should be followed.
5 Methodology for Collection of Biodiversity Data
The number of sampling locations should be adequate
to get a reasonable idea of the diversity and other
attributes of flora and fauna. The guiding principles
should be the size of the study area (larger area should Chapter 3.
have larger number of sampling locations) and inherent
diversity at the location, as known from secondary
sources.
The entire area should be divided in grids of 5kmX5km
preferably on a GIS domain.
There after 25% of the grids should be randomly
selected for sampling of which half should be in the
directly affected area (grids including project
components such as reservoir, darn, powerhouse,
tunnel, canal etc.) and the remaining in the rest of the
area (areas of influence in 10 km radius form project
Chapter 3.
components). At such chosen location, the size and
number of sampling units (e.g. quadrates in case of
flora/transects in case of fauna) must be decided by
species area curves and the details of the same (graphs
and cumulative number of species in a tabulated form)
should be provided in the EIA report. Some of the grids
on the edges may not be completely overlapping with
the study area boundaries. However these should be

draft EIA Report
counted and considered for selecting 25% of the grids.
The number of grids to be surveyed may come out as a
decimal number (i.e. it has an integral and a fractional
part) which should be rounded to the next whole
number.
The conventional sampling is likely to miss the presence
of rare, endangered and threatened (R.E.T.) species
since they often occur in low densities and in case of
faunal species are usually secretive in behavior.
Reaching the conclusion about the absence of such
species in the study area based on such methodology is
misleading. It is very important to document the status
of such species owing to their high conservation value.
Hence likely presence of such species should be
ascertained from secondary sources by a proper
literature survey for the said area including referring to
field guides which are now available for many
taxonomic groups in India. Even literature from
studies/surveys in the larger landscapes which include
the study area for the concerned project must be Chapter 3.
referred to, since most species from adjoining
catchments is likely to be present in the catchments in
question. In fact such literature form the entire state
can be referred to. Once a listing of possible R.E.T.
species form the said area is developed, species specific
methodologies should be adopted to ascertain their
presence in the study area which would be far more
conclusive as compared to the conventional sampling. If
the need be, modern methods like camera trapping can
be resorted to, particularly for areas in the eastern
Himalayas and for secretive/nocturnal species. A
detailed listing of the literature referred to, for
developing lists of R.E.T. species should be provided in
the ElA reports
The R.ET species referred to in this point should include
species listed in Schedule I and II of Wildlife
Chapter 3.
(Protection) Act, 1972 and those listed in the red data
books Cobs, ZSI and IUCN)
6 Components of EIA study
Various aspects to be studied and provided in the
EIA/EMP report are as follows:
A Physical and Chemical Environment
Geological & Geophysical Aspects and Seismo-
Tectonics
Physical geography, Topography, Regional Geological
Chapter 3.
aspects
Tectonics, seismicity and history of past earthquakes in
Chapter 2.
the area.
Landslide zone or area prone to landslide existing in the
Chapter 2.
study area should be examined.
Justification for location & execution of the project in
Chapter 2.
relation to structural components

draft EIA Report
Impact of project on geological environment. Chapter 4.
Meteorology, Air and Noise
Meteorology (viz. Temperature, Relative humidity, wind
speed/direction etc.) to be collected from nearest IMD Chapter 3.
station.
Ambient Air Quality with parameters viz. Particulate
Matter (PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
Chapter 3.
(PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (S02) and Oxides of Nitrogen
(NO x) in the study area at 3 - 4 Locations.
Existing Noise Levels and traffic density in the study
Chapter 3.
area at 3 - 4 Locations.
Soil Characteristics
Soil classification, physical parameters (viz., texture,
Porosity, Bulk Density and water holding capacity) and
chemical parameters (viz. pH, electrical conductivity,
magnesium, calcium, total alkalinity, chlorides, sodium, Chapter 3.
potassium, organic carbon, available potassium,
available phosphorus, SAR, nitrogen and salinity, etc.)
at @ 6 - 7 locations
Remote Sensing and GIS Studies
Generation of thematic maps viz, slope map, drainage
map, soil map, land use and land cover map, etc. Based
Chapter 3.
on these, thematic maps, an erosion intensity map
should be prepared.
Water Quality
History of the ground water table fluctuation in the
Chapter 3.
study area.
Water Quality for both surface water and ground water
for [i] Physical parameters (PH, Temperature, Electrical
Conductivity, TSS); [ii] Chemical parameters (Alkalinity,
Hardness, BOD, COD, N03, P04, Cl, S04, Na, K, Ca, Mg,
Silica, Oil & grease, phenolic compounds, residual
Chapter 3.
sodium carbonate); [iii] Bacteriological parameter
(MPN, Total coliform); and [iv] Heavy Metals (Pb, As,
Hg, Cd, Cr-6, Total Cr, Cu, Zn, Fe) at minimum 4 - 5
Locations, however, the sampling numbers should be
increased depending on the command area
Delineation of sub and micro watersheds, their
locations and extent based on the Soil and Land Use
Survey of India (SLUSOI), Department of Agriculture,
Chapter 3.
Government of India. Erosion levels in each micro-
watershed and prioritization of micro-watershed
through Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of SLUSOI.
B Water Environment and Hydrology
The details of upstream and downstream projects with
Chapter 5.
their utilization.
Run off, discharge, water availability for the project
Chapter 2.
etc.,
Basin characteristics Chapter 2.
Catastrophic events like cloud bursts and flash floods, if
Chapter 2.
any, should be documented.
Flow series, 10 daily with 90%, 75% and 50% Chapter 2.

draft EIA Report
dependable years discharges.
Release of environmental flows Chapter 2.
Impacts of backwater effects of the reservoir in the
Chapter 2.
flood season.
Water allocation agreement between Karnataka and
Andhra Pradesh is to be provided/ submitted while Chapter 2.
submitting EIA/EMP reports.
C Biological Environment
Flora
Characterization of forest types (as per Champion and
Seth method) in the study area and extent of each Chapter 3.
forest type as per the Forest Working Plan.
General vegetation pattern and floral diversity covering
all groups of flora including Bryophytes, Pteridophytes,
Chapter 3.
Lichens and Orchids. A species wise list may be
provided
Assessment of plant species with respect to
dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity
index, similarity index, importance value index [IVI],
Shannon Weiner Index etc. of the species to be
Chapter 3.
provided. Methodology used for calculating various
diversity indices along with details of locations of
quadrates, size of quadrates etc. to be reported within
the study area in different ecosystems.
Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere
Reserve etc. in the study area, if any, should be Chapter 3.
detailed.
Economically important species like medicinal plants,
Chapter 3.
timber, fuel wood etc.
Details of endemic species found in the project area. Chapter 3.
Flora under RET categories should be documented
using International Union for the Conservation of
Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) criteria and
Chapter 3.
Botanical Survey of India's Red Data list along with
economic significance. Species diversity curve for RET
species should be given.
The command area of the proposed project is adjacent
There is no reserve forests
to Reserve Forest and hence NOC from the respective
in the command area /
Dy. conservator of Forests, Forest Dept., has to be
adjacent to command area
provided (if required) along with EIA/EMP report.
Biodiversity study to be conducted by a suitable The instant OM is not
institute as per OM of MoEF dated 28.05.2013. applicable to this project.
However, the consultants
are accredited by NABET to
carryout EIA/EMP studies.
Fauna
Fauna study and inventorisation should be carried out
for all groups of animals including reptiles and
Chapter 3.
nocturnal animals in the study area. Their present
status along with Schedule of the species.
Information (authenticated) on Avi-fauna and wild life
Chapter 3.
in the study area.

draft EIA Report
Status of avifauna their resident/migratory/ passage
Chapter 3.
migrants etc.
Documentation of butterflies, if any, found in the area. Chapter 3.
Details of endemic species found in the project area Chapter 3.
Existence of barriers and corridors, if any, for wild
Chapter 3.
animals.
D Aquatic Ecology
Documentation of aquatic fauna like micro-
invertebrates, zooplankton, phytoplankton, benthos Chapter 3.
etc.
Fish and fisheries, their migration and breeding
Chapter 3.
grounds.
Fish diversity, composition and maximum length &
weight of the measured populations to be studied for Chapter 3.
estimation of environmental flow
Conservation status of aquatic fauna. Chapter 3.
E Irrigation and Cropping Pattern
Cropping pattern and Horticultural practices in study
Chapter 2.
area.
Collection of primary data on agricultural activity, crop
and their productivity and irrigation facilities Chapter 2.
component.
Components of pressurized/drip irrigation and micro
Chapter 2.
irrigation.
Details of Conjunctive use of water for irrigation. Chapter 2.
F Socio-Economic
Collection of Baseline data on human settlements,
health status of the community and existing
infrastructure facilities for social welfare including Chapter 7.
sources of livelihood, job opportunities and safety and
security of workers and surrounding population.
Collection of information with respect to social
awareness about the developmental activity in the area
Chapter 7.
and social welfare measures existing and proposed by
project proponent.
Collection of information on sensitive habitat of
historical, cultural and religious and ecological Chapter 7.
importance.
The Socio-economic survey/profile within 10 Km of the
study area for Demographic profile; Economic Chapter 7.
Structure; Development Profile of the area
Information on Agricultural practices, Cultural and
Chapter 7.
aesthetic sites, Infrastructure facilities etc.
Information on the dependence of the local people on
minor forest produce and their cattle grazing rights in Chapter 7.
the forest land.
List of all the Project Affected Families with their
names, education, land holdings, other properties,
Chapter 7.
occupation, source of income, land and other
properties to be acquired, etc.
Details is likely employment generation due to project Chapter 7.
7 Impact Prediction and Mitigation Measures

draft EIA Report
The adverse impact due to the proposed project should
be assessed and effective mitigation steps to abate Chapter 4.
these impacts should be described.
Air Environment Chapter 4.
Changes in ambient and ground level concentrations
Chapter 4.
due to total emissions from point, line and area sources
Effect on soils, material, vegetation and human health Chapter 4.
Impact of emissions from DG sets used for power
Chapter 4.
during the construction, if any, on air environment.
Pollution due to fuel combustions in equipments &
Chapter 4.
vehicles
Fugitive emissions from various Sources. Chapter 4.
Impact on micro climate. Chapter 4.
Water Environment
Changes in surface & ground water quality. Chapter 4.
Steps to develop pisci-culture and recreational facilities. Chapter 9.
Changes in hydraulic regime and down stream flow. Chapter 4.
Water pollution due to disposal of sewage. Chapter 4.
Water pollution from labour colony/camps and washing
Chapter 4.
equipment.
Land Environment
Adverse impact on land stability, catchment of soil
erosion, reservoir sedimentation and spring flow (if
any) [a] due to considerable road Chapter 4.
construction/widening activity [b) blasting for
excavation
Changes in land use/land cover and drainage pattern. Chapter 4.
Immigration of labour population. Chapter 4.
Changes in land quality including effects of waste
Chapter 4.
disposal
Biological Environment
Impact on forests, flora, fauna including wildlife,
migratory Avi-fauna, rare and endangered species, Chapter 4.
medicinal plants etc.
Pressure on existing natural resources Chapter 4.
Deforestation and disturbance to wildlife, habitat
Chapter 4.
fragmentation and wild animal's migratory corridors
Compensatory afforestation-Identification of suitable
native tree species for compensatory afforestation & Chapter 4.
green belt development.
Impact on fish migration and habitat degradation due
Chapter 4.
to decreased flow of water
Impact on breeding and nesting grounds of animals
Chapter 4.
and fish
Socio-Economic Environment
Impact on local community including demographic Chapter 4.
profile.
Impact on socio-economic status. Chapter 4.
Impact on economic status. Chapter 4.
Impact on human health due to water / vector borne Chapter 4.
disease.

draft EIA Report
Impacts of blasting activity during project construction Chapter 4.
which generally destabilize the land mass and lead to
landslides, damage to properties and drying up of
natural springs and cause noise pollution will be
studied. Proper record shall be maintained of the base
line information in the post project period.
Positive as well as negative impacts likely to be accrued Chapter 7.
due to the project are to be listed.
Details of likely employment generation due to Chapter 7.
proposed project.
8 Environment Impact Analysis
Environmental Impact Analysis due to the project on
the above mentioned components should be carried
Chapter 4.
out for construction and operation phases using
qualitative or quantitative methods.
9 Environment Management plan(EMP)
Environmental Management Plan aimed at minimizing Chapter 9.
the negative impacts of the project should be given in
detail. The mitigation measures are to be presented for
all the likely adverse impacts on the environment, The
following suggestive mitigating plans should be
included:
Command Area Development (CAD) Plan giving details
Chapter 9.
of implementation schedule with a sample CAD plan.
Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R & R) plan need to
be prepared with due consultation with project affected
families (PFAs). The provision of the R & R plan should
be according to the National Resettlement and
Not applicable
Rehabilitation policy (NRRP- 2007) AS WELL AS State
Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy. Detailed
budgetary estimates are to be provided. Resettlements
sites should be selected.
Plan for Green Belt Development along the periphery of
reservoir, colonies, approach road, canals etc. to be
prepared in consultation with the State Forest Chapter 9.
Department. Local plant species suitable for greenbelt
development should be selected.
Plan for Land Restoration and Landscaping of project
Chapter 9.
sites.
Fisheries Conservation & Management Plan-Fish fauna
inhabiting the affected stretch of river, a specific
Chapter 9.
fisheries management plan should be prepared for
river and reservoir.
Muck Disposal Plan- suitable sites for dumping of
excavated material should be identified in consultation
with the State Pollution Control Board and Forest
Department. All Muck disposal sites should be
minimum 30 m away from the HFL of river. Plan for Chapter 9.
rehabilitation of muck disposal sites should also be
given. The L- section! cross section of muck disposal
sites and approach roads to be given. Financial out lay
for this may be given separately.

draft EIA Report
Plan for Restoration of quarry sites and landscaping of
NA
colony areas, working areas, roads, etc.
Water and Air Quality & Noise Management Plans to be
implemented during construction and post-construction Chapter 9.
periods.
Mitigating measures for impacts due to Blasting on the
Chapter 9.
structures in the vicinity.
Ground Water Management Plan Chapter 9.
Public Health Delivery Plan including the provisions for
Chapter 9.
drinking water facility for the local community.
Labour Management Plan for their Health and Safety. Chapter 9.
Sanitation and Solid Waste Management Plan for
Chapter 9.
domestic waste from colonies and labor camps etc.
Local Area Development Plan to be formulated in
consultation with the Revenue Officials and Village
Panchayats. Local skill development schemes should be Chapter 9.
given. Details of various activities to be undertaken
along with its financial out lay should be provided.
Environmental safeguards during construction activities
Chapter 9.
including road construction.
Energy Conservation Measures. NA
Environmental Monitoring Programme with physical &
financial details covering all the aspects of EMP. A
summary of cost estimate for all the plans, cost for
implementing all Environmental Management Plans Chapter 6.
including the cost for implementing environmental
monitoring programme should be given. Provision for
an Environmental Management Cell should be made
Chapter 13. Photographs
Expert Field visit
Surface and Ground water collection
Soil sampling
Soil sampling Noise level monitoring
Preparation for AAQ monitoring

ANNEXURE-1
ANNEXURE-2
ANNEXURE-3
ANNEXURE – 3 HYDROLOGY AND GEOLOGY
Table – 1 Details of Monitored wells for water levels in the Command Area and Buffer Zone (10 Kms from lift point)
Sl.No. Village Name Geo coordinates Type of Well Date of Sampling Code
N 16° 37’ 26.0’’

01 Kudachi BW 10-09-2016 BSV-1
E 75° 51’ 14.5’’
N 16° 39’30.22’’
02 Ainapura – Lift Point SW 10-09-2016 BSV-2
E 74° 52’ 36.61’’
Fareed Khan Wadi N 16° 41’ 37.8’’
03 DW 10-09-2016 BSV -3
Sri. PrakashGurupadeKategue E 74° 49’ 14.7’’
N 16° 43’ 46.9’’
04 Mangasoli BW Govt. 10-09-2016 BSV -4
E 74° 50’ 04.8’’
N 16° 48’ 36.1’’
05 Madbhavi SW Tank 10-09-2016 BSV -5
E 74° 56’ 51.8’’
Madbhavi N 16° 48’ 07.3’’
06 BW 10-09-2016 BSV -6
R.M. Patil (Petrol Bunk) E 74° 57’ 16.4’’
N 16° 50’ 18.6’’
07 Jambagi BW Govt. -HP 10-09-2016 BSV -7
E 75° 00’ 16.1’’
N 16° 52’ 28.4’’
08 Sambargi BW Govt. -HP 10-09-2016 BSV -8
E 75° 00’ 01.0’’
Shirur N 16° 53’ 42.66’’
09 DW 10-09-2016 BSV -9
Tukaram Baba Hazare E 74° 59’ 18.60’’
N 16° 55’ 34.4’’
10 Agrani River SW 10-09-2016 BSV -10
E 74° 57’ 51.8’’
N 16° 55’ 03.1’’
11 Anantapur BW Govt. -HP 10-09-2016 BSV -11
E 75° 04’ 11.8’’
N 16° 53’ 03.6’’ BW Govt. -Pump
12 Malabad 10-09-2016 BSV - 12
E 75° 07’ 09.0’’ Fixed
Gundewadi N 16° 48’ 50.0’’
13 BW 10-09-2016 BSV - 13
Mr.SadasivaMagre E 75° 05’ 35.8’’
Table – 2 Ground water and Surface water quality analysis result, Ainapur village, Athani taluk, Belgaum district, Karnataka
Parameter Units Kudachi Ainapura Fareed Khan Wadi, Sri Mangasoli Madbhavi Madbhavi, R M Jambagi
(GW) Lift Point PrakashGurupadeKat (GW) (SW) Patil petrol bunk (GW)
(SW) egue (GW) (GW)
pH -- 7.34 7.69 7.98 8.11 7.98 7.14 7.85
Conductivity µs/cm 722 563 1943 2130 710 1793 1772
Carbonate mg/L ND ND ND 24 40 ND ND
Bicarbonate mg/L 148 116 196 196 48 232 284
Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 490 431 1566 1697 324 1382 1861
Total Hardness mg/L 150 200 840 720 250 720 800
Calcium mg/L 48 56 208 136 48 212 136
Magnesium mg/L 7.29 14.5 77.76 92.34 31.59 46.17 111.78
Sulphate mg/L 37.31 33.37 141.76 68.67 27.31 ND 3.27
Nitrate mg/L 2.62 1.35 20.94 14.28 3.05 23.5 5.93
Chloride mg/L 57.98 57.98 259.91 419.86 103.9 319.9 329.89
Iron mg/L 0.02 ND 0.09 ND 0.41 0.02 0.67
Fluoride mg/L ND ND 0.02 0.4 ND ND ND
Potassium mg/L 1 2.4 0.6 0.6 1.6 0.4 0.2
Sodium mg/L 61.6 35.2 120 142 43.2 63.6 116
Parameter Units Sambargi Shirur, Tukaram Agrani river Anantapura Malabad Gundewadi,
(GW) Baba Hazare (SW) (GW) (GW) Mr.SadasivaMagre (GW)
(GW)
pH -- 7.8 7.81 8.29 7.59 8.04 8.24
Conductivity µs/cm 1025 3480 1070 2330 871 836
Carbonate mg/L ND ND 16 ND 8 32
Bicarbonate mg/L 228 504 124 380 212 188
Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 1676 2212 734 1578 610 562
Total Hardness mg/L 410 450 250 1100 400 270
Calcium mg/L 108 52 52 216 88 52
Magnesium mg/L 34.02 77.76 29.16 136.08 43.74 34.02
Sulphate mg/L 43.18 82.13 55.88 75.11 33.56 27.69
Nitrate mg/L 13.88 ND 1.66 22.18 11.65 8.6
Chloride mg/L 93.97 639.8 159.95 379.88 93.97 83.97
Iron mg/L 0.19 0.18 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.01
Fluoride mg/L ND 0.95 0.07 0.13 0.3 0.3
Potassium mg/L 0.2 0.2 3 0.8 1 1
Sodium mg/L 50 390 75.2 79.6 37.2 66.8
Fig – 1 Variation of pH in the study area
Fig – 2 Variation of TDS in the study area
Fig – 3 Variation of Total Hardness in the study area
Fig – 4 Variation of Calcium in the study area
Fig – 5 Variation of Bicarbonate in the study area
Fig – 6 Variation of Magnesium in the study area
Fig – 7 variation of Nitrate in the study area
Fig – 8 Variation of Potassium in the study area
Fig – 9 Variation of Sodium in the study area
Fig – 10 Variation of Sulphate in the study area
Fig – 11 Variation of Total Hardness in the study area
ANNEXURE-4
Annexure – 4 Results of Surface and Ground water quality
Table 1:- Physico-Chemical characteristics of surface water quality – Ainapur (Lift Point)
Sl.No Parameters Unit Post - Monsoon Pre - Monsoon Monsoon

1 pH -- 7.56 7.55 7.61
2 Temperature ˚C 25 29 26
3 Alkalinity mg/L 160 400 180
4 Conductivity µs /cm 1352 1390 1574
5 Suspended solids mg/L 5 51 76
6 COD mg/L 56 20 26
7 BOD( 3 days at 27ºC) mg/L 7 3 11
8 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 7.3 6 4.9
9 Total Hardness mg/L 332 420 460
10 Calcium as Ca mg/L 59.2 124 80
11 Magnesium as Mg mg/L 44.7 26.73 63.2
12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 117 1160.65 144.8
13 Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 1.73 11.08 24.5
14 Chloride as Cl mg/L 157.6 200.57 269.9
15 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.08 0.2 0.1
16 Hexavalent chromium mg/L 0.003 ND ND
17 Oil & Grease mg/L ND ND ND
18 Phosphate as PO4 mg/L 0.01 0.15 ND
19 Potassium as K mg/L 2.4 1.2 2.2
20 Silica as SiO2 mg/L 28.7 17.5 11.5
21 Sodium as Na mg/L 76.4 1040 74.8
22 Residual Sodium Carbonate mg/L ND ND ND
23 Phenolic Compounds mg/L ND ND ND
24 Mercury as Hg mg/L ND ND ND
Sl.No Parameters Unit Post - Monsoon Pre - Monsoon Monsoon
25 Lead as Pb mg/L ND ND ND
26 Cadmium as Cd mg/L ND ND ND
27 Arsenic as As mg/L ND ND ND
28 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.0261 0.043 0.179
29 Copper as Cu mg/L ND 0.006 0.015
30 Total Chromium mg/L ND 0.002 0.011
31 Total Coliform CFU/100 ml 1 1 Present
MPN Index/100
32 MPN <1.8 <1.8 17
ml
ND : Not Detected
Table 2:- Physico-Chemical characteristics of Ground water quality Post – Monsoon
Sl.No. Parameters Units Agrani Ananthapur Gundewadi Shirur

1 pH - 7.8 7.56 7.2 7.13
2
Temperature
˚C 25 25 25 25
3 Alkalinity ms /cm 132 182 168 368

4 Conductivity mg/L 1238 1091 759 5.94
5 Suspended Solids mg/L 4 5 5 10
6 COD mg/L ND ND ND ND
7 BOD (3 days at 270C) mg/L ND ND ND ND
8 Total Hardness mg/L 308 284 276 540
9 Calcium as Ca mg/L 44.8 80 64 136
10 Magnesium as Mg mg/L 47.6 20.4 28.1 48.6
11 Sulphate as SO 4 mg/L 86.1 37.66 41.83 193.6
12 Nitrate as NO 3 mg/L 4.57 7.07 8.29 9.5
13 Chloride as Cl mg/L 143.8 88.6 33.5 886.9
14 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.18 0.08 0.22 0.21
15 Chromium Hexavalent mg/L ND ND 0.007 0.001
16 Oil & Grease mg/L ND ND ND ND
17 Phosphate total mg/L 0.007 0.02 0.03 0.03
18 Potassium mg/L 1.4 0.2 0.4 1.2
19 Silica mg/L 32.2 35.4 20.8 35.7
20 Sodium mg/L 73.6 50.4 28.4 39.2
21 Residual Sodium Carbonate mg/L ND ND ND ND
22 Phenolic compounds mg/L ND ND ND ND
23 Mercury as Hg mg/L ND ND ND ND
24 Lead as Pb mg/L ND ND ND ND
25 Cadmium as Cd mg/L ND ND ND ND
26 Arsenic as As mg/L ND ND ND ND
27 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.0155 0.0587 0.4851 0.3089
28 Copper as Cu mg/L ND ND ND 0.0244
29 Total Chromium mg/L ND ND ND ND
30 Total Coliform CFU/100mL ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT
MPN MPN index/ <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
31 100mL
Table 3:- Physico-Chemical characteristics of Ground water quality Pre – Monsoon
Sl.No Parameters Units Agrani Ananthapur Gundewadi Shirur

1 pH - 7.88 7.91 7.79 7.86
2
Temperature
˚C 29 29 29 29

4 Conductivity mg/L 1630 1292 1841 1756
5 Suspended Solids mg/L ND 3.0 ND 6.0
9 Calcium as Ca mg/L 152 14.4 120 140
11 Sulphate as SO 4 mg/L 127.28 47.7 137.1 167.8
12 Nitrate as NO 3 mg/L 14.5 7.0 27.18 6.3
13 Chloride as Cl mg/L 409.8 174.4 174.4 654
14 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.15 0.03 0.05 0.01
15 Fluoride mg/L 0.7 0.6 0.55 0.9
16 Chromium Hexavalent mg/L ND ND ND ND
18 Phosphate total mg/L ND 0.05 ND ND
19 Potassium mg/L 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.8
20 Silica mg/L 33.07 44.3 28.43 49.5
21 Sodium mg/L 800 608 612 2660
22 Residual Sodium Carbonate mg/L ND ND ND ND
28 Zinc as Zn mg/L 3.527 0.064 0.044 0.327
29 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.005 0.002 0.002 0.004
30 Total Chromium mg/L ND ND ND 0.003
31 Total Coliform CFU/100mL ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT
MPN MPN index/ <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
32 100mL
Table 4:- Physico-Chemical characteristics of Ground water quality Monsoon
Sl.No Parameters Units Agrani Ananthapur Gundewadi Shirur

1 pH - 7.70 7.78 7.62 7.81
2 Temperature ˚C 26 26 26 26
4 Conductivity mg/L 1823 1279 1562 1015
5 Suspended Solids mg/L 31 1 15 2
9 Calcium as Ca mg/L 158.4 161.6 116.8 76.8
11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 231.6 194.3 214.6 50.9
12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 32.1 23.4 27.9 18.4
13 Chloride as Cl mg/L 243.9 379.9 227.9 115.9
14 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.01 ND 0.08 0.07
15 Fluoride ND 0.3 0.3 0.32
16 Chromium Hexavalent mg/L 0.68 ND ND ND
18 Phosphate total mg/L ND ND ND ND
19 Potassium mg/L 2.6 0.4 1.6 0.2
20 Silica mg/L 35 29.4 42.6 32.6
21 Sodium mg/L 820 106 890 39.2
Residual Sodium
ND ND ND ND
22 Carbonate mg/L
28 Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.595 0.928 3.40 0.451
29 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.007 0.008 0.011 0.008
30 Total Chromium mg/L 0.002 0.002 0.005 0.003
31 Total Coliform CFU/100mL Absent Absent Absent Absent
32 MPN MPN index/ 100mL <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
ANNEXURE-5
ANNEXURE – 5 SOIL QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS
Table 1: Physico – chemical characteristics of Soil Samples collected in Post – Monsoon season (Dec 2015 – Feb 2016)
Sl. Locations pH Organic Total Alkalinity Conductivity Moisture Calcium Chloride Magnesium Available Available
No. carbon (%) (mg/100g) (µ s/cm) content (%) (meq/L) (meq/L) (meq/L) Nitrogen Phosphorus
(Kg/ha) (Kg/ha)
1 Ainapura 7.92 0.3 58.5 643 28.8 31 4.8 11.4 395.8 18.13
2 Masarguppi 8.33 0.42 146.4 792 3.97 36 2.4 14.4 195.49 120.1
3 Agrani 8.95 0.54 488 610 7.14 29 2.88 4.8 154.55 63.48
4 Shivanoor 8.03 0.66 170.8 281 6.11 62 4.8 3.4 219.6 ND
5 Gundewadi 8.1 0.6 146.4 521 5.75 34.4 2.8 8.4 311.5 185.9
6 Bevanoor 7.79 0.48 73.2 2.13 16.7 47.6 5.28 17.8 234.2 77.08
7 Anantpur 8.01 0.12 122 209 6.11 54.8 8.1 1.6 206.3 ND
8 Khilegaon 8.05 0.84 122 686 8 33.8 4.32 12.4 277.7 133.7
9 Pandegaon 8.34 0.24 170.8 279 5.69 30.2 1.92 4.6 198.6 97.4
10 Sambaragi 9.03 0.66 170.8 1979 13.7 14.2 6.24 14.8 171.15 83.88
11 Madabhavi 8.22 0.96 82.9 12.28 6.25 59.8 17.7 2.8 190.5 185.8
Sl. Locations Available SAR Sodium Porosity Bulk density Salinity Texture Hydraulic Water holding Potassium
No. Potassium (mg/100gm) (%) (g/cm3) (µs/cm) conductivity capacity (%)
(mg/100g) (cm/hr)
1 Ainapura 8.57 0.19 20.9 66 0.9 139.9 Loam 3.31 30 8.57

2 Masarguppi 33.9 0.69 79.83 59.6 0.98 587 Loam 0.5 98 33.9
3 Agrani 16.85 1.09 105.7 58.57 1.16 358 Clay Loam 0.024 63.8 16.85
4 Shivanoor 15.8 0.02 3.59 54.2 1.13 110.3 Loam 0.19 61.5 15.8
5 Gundewadi 36.9 0.15 16.9 50 1.21 725 Loam 0.103 41.2 36.9
6 Bevanoor 29.9 0.95 125.74 58.5 1 1.65 Clay Loam 0.2 86.9 29.9
7 Anantpur 4.8 0.11 14.5 48.1 1.4 161 Loamy Sand 0.42 22.8 4.8
8 Khilegaon 29.9 0.57 63.8 58 1.04 459 Loam 0.017 40.3 29.9
9 Pandegaon 12 0.17 17.1 54.3 1.25 183 Clay Loam 0.072 14.1 12
10 Sambaragi 11.17 3.17 277.4 57 1.15 1269 Clay Loam 0.23 14.1 11.17
11 Madabhavi 12.8 5.39 693.4 47.08 1.45 10.26 Loam 0.011 39.5 12.8
Table 2: Physico – chemical characteristics of Soil Samples collected in Pre – Monsoon season (March 2016 – May 2016)
Sl. Locations pH Organic Total Conductivity (µ Moisture Calcium Chloride Magnesium Available Available
No. carbon Alkalinity s/cm) content (%) (meq/L) (meq/L) (meq/L) Nitrogen Phosphorus
(%) (mg/100g) (Kg/ha) (Kg/ha)
1 Ainapura 7.65 0.6 195.2 352 8.18 44.4 12.48 7.6 325.14 480.64
2 Masarguppi 7.98 0.48 122 181.3 6.23 36.4 9.6 15.6 285.87 18.09
3 Agrani 8.36 0.3 244 291 3.2 37 5.28 12 284.79 13.6
4 Shivanoor 8.38 0.4 146.4 591 25.11 41 6.24 9 305.76 13.5
5 Gundewadi 7.98 0.42 170.8 285 3.7 57 5.76 3 266.6 6.75
6 Bevanoor 8.03 0.24 195.2 653 3.61 41 3.36 16 259.91 6.75
7 Anantpur 7.84 0.54 122 202 1.78 42 4.8 3 242.57 6.75
8 Khilegaon 7.83 0.12 146.6 619 3.2 26 3.84 6 245.96 15.84
9 Pandegaon 7.97 0.36 219.6 235 3.87 46 9.6 4 279.94 6.75
10 Sambaragi 7.99 0.18 170.8 364 3.41 22 6.24 6 298.35 4.51
11 Madabhavi 7.58 0.54 122 576 1.08 28 9.6 8 278.72 6.75
Sl. Locations Available SAR Sodium Porosity Bulk density Salinity Texture Hydraulic Water holding Potassium
No. Potassium (mg/100gm) (%) (g/cm3) (µs/cm) conductivity capacity (%)
(mg/100g) (cm/hr)
1 Ainapura 12.08 6.22 728.5 47 1.45 338.6 Loam 0.05 27.83 12.09
2 Masarguppi 17.16 5.02 588.8 66.5 1.16 162.3 Loam 0.19 38.24 17.16
3 Agrani 19.89 2.45 279.22 52.49 1.24 168 Sandy loam 0.02 50.31 19.89
4 Shivanoor 34.99 6.03 693.45 59 0.95 490 Loam 0.02 28.53 34.91
5 Gundewadi 19.89 1.7 214.36 59 1.04 198 Clay Loam 0.05 47.42 19.89
6 Bevanoor 39.78 3.45 424.13 55 1.06 158 Loam 0.2 42.9 39.78
7 Anantpur 7.41 2.28 249.32 48.45 1.5 156 Sandy loam 0.21 42.06 7.41
8 Khilegaon 29.64 3.52 324.3 55 1.14 556 Loam 0.02 40.35 29.64
9 Pandegaon 17.16 2.5 287.5 50 1.31 192 Sandy loam 0.05 59 17.16
11 Madabhavi 14.82 3.01 294.4 44 1.55 362 Loam 0.04 22 14.82
Table 3: Physico – chemical characteristics of Soil Samples collected in Monsoon season (June 2016 – Aug 2016)
Sl. No. Locations pH Organic Total Alkalinity Conductivity Moisture Calcium Chloride Magnesium Available Available
carbon (%) (mg/100g) (µ s/cm) content (%) (meq/L) (meq/L) (meq/L) Nitrogen Phosphorus
(Kg/ha) (Kg/ha)
1 Ainapura 8 0.71 97.6 138.1 14.27 42 5.4 6 193.05 423.9

2 Masarguppi 7.71 0.44 146.4 96 11.27 48 4.05 2 139.23 61.18
3 Agrani 8.09 0.88 97.6 208 26.79 72 5.4 7 273.08 13.57
4 Shivanoor 8.8 0.99 366 295 19.23 40 3.6 13 156.7 74.76
5 Gundewadi 8.14 0.88 73.2 318 14.82 45 4.5 4 185.9 18.09
6 Bevanoor 8.56 0.49 97.6 828 14.23 49 5.4 7 214.5 15.84
7 Anantpur 8.09 0.55 73.2 176.2 19.87 86 6.3 5 149.27 97.46
8 Khilegaon 8.16 0.71 97 66.7 10.78 42 5.85 10 206.9 133.71
9 Pandegaon 8.42 0.33 48.8 176.2 9.42 50 4.9 12 157.23 45.34
10 Sambaragi 8.65 0.16 97.6 61.2 11.28 40 4.95 7 167.08 24.99
11 Madabhavi 8.16 0.93 73.2 179.9 5.43 45 4.05 5 296.35 70.25
Sl. No. Locations Available SAR Sodium Porosity Bulk density Salinity Texture Hydraulic Water holding Potassium
Potassium (mg/100gm) (%) (g/cm3) (µs/cm) conductivity capacity (%)
(mg/100g) (cm/hr)
1 Ainapura 3.51 0.15 17.02 52 1.25 102 Clay Loam 0.748 33.2 3.51
2 Masarguppi 3.51 0.14 16.33 58 1.16 76 Loam 0.391 37.97 3.51
3 Agrani 9.36 0.13 19.55 70 0.73 196 Clay Loam 0.01 58.81 9.36
4 Shivanoor 12.09 1.23 145.5 62 0.94 265 Loam 0.062 48.59 12.09
5 Gundewadi 12.87 0.23 27.14 61 1 275 Clay Loam 0.099 33.87 12.87
6 Bevanoor 59.6 1 121.6 55 1.06 725 Loam 0.544 60.01 59.6
7 Anantpur 8.97 0.09 15.41 60 0.95 147 Clay Sand 0.267 66.24 8.97
8 Khilegaon 4.68 0.12 14.95 56 1.14 46.8 Clay Loam 0.014 25.69 4.68
9 Pandegaon 14.04 0.19 24.84 49 1.3 145 Clay Loam 0.079 32.95 14.04
11 Madabhavi 30.81 0.25 29.67 51 1.35 150 Loam 0.011 21.33 30.81
ANNEXURE-6
ANNEXURE - 6 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY
Table 1: Number of quadrates in different locations of the proposed project site
Sl. No. Core or Buffer/ Catchment or Number of quadrates Quadrat size

Command
1 Core (Trees) 18 25 x 25 m
2 Buffer (Trees) 18 25 x 25 m
3 Core (Shrubs) 37 5x 5m
4 Buffer(Shrubs) 35 5x 5m
5 Core (Herbs) 67 1x 1m
6 Buffer(Herbs) 63 1x 1m
Table 2: Number of species per hectare of sampling sites during different seasons
Density/Ha Species
Season Area
Trees Shrubs Herbs Trees Shrubs Herbs
Post Monsoon Core 188 3308 412067 41 14 56
2015 Buffer 194 3526 570267 39 13 47
Pre Monsoon Core 179 3102 352346 47 13 91
2016
Buffer 142 4520 421324 48 16 89
Core 147 2102 781089 42 12 71
Monsoon 2016
Buffer 154 1638 432277 43 15 64
Table 3: Shannon – Wiener Indices of Diversity of the proposed project site during the rainy, winter and summer seasons
Dominance Simpson Shannon Evenness

Season Area
Trees Shrubs Herbs Trees Shrubs Herbs Trees Shrubs Herbs Trees Shrubs Herbs
Post core 0.18 0.23 0.07 0.84 0.54 0.87 1.78 1.34 2.45 0.71 0.67 0.76
Monsoon
Buffer 0.20 0.04 0.71 0.61 0.75 1.66 1.32 2.74 0.76 0.75 0.91
2015
Pre 0.19 0.41 0.03 0.48 0.67 1.63 1.34 2.35 0.58 0.54 0.43
Core 087
Monsoon
2016
0.21 0.21 0.02 0.44 0.54 0.73 1.12 1.54 2.22 0.67 0.54 0.61
Buffer
0.27 0.05 0.68 0.47 0.83 1.16 2.74 2.15 0.77 0.66 0.62
Core 0.21
Monsoon
2016 0.17 0.15 0.04 0.62 0.52 0.93 1.15 1.38 2.42 0.68 0.81 0.44
Buffer
Table 4: Importance Value Index of tree species recorded in proposed project site
Sl. No. Tree Species Family IVI

1 Acacia auriculiformis Fabaceae 9.55
2 Acacia catechu Fabaceae 4.58
3 Acacia chundra Fabaceae 7.23
4 Acacia concinna Fabaceae 1.32
5 Acacia ferruginea Fabaceae 0.78
6 Acacia leucofoilia Fabaceae 2.64
7 Acacia nilotica Fabaceae 3.42
8 Aeglemarmelos Rutaceae 1.32
9 Alangiumsaliifolium Alaginaceae 0.78
10 Albeziaamara Fabaceae 4.58
11 Albezialebbeck Fabaceae 7.23
12 Anogeissuslatifolia Combretaceae 1.32
13 Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae 5.52
14 Bauhinia purpurea Fabaceae 2.10
15 Cassia fistula Fabaceae 4.58
16 Celastruspaniculata Celastraceae 3.81
17 Coccusnucifera Arecaceae 2.10
18 Dalbergiasisso Fabaceae 4.74
19 Delonix regia Fabaceae 3.42
20 Diospyrusmelanoxylon Ebenaceae 4.04
21 Emblicaofficinalis Phyllanthaceae 1.32
22 Eucalyptus grandis Myrtaceae 9.87
23 Eugenia jamboolina Myrtaceae 4.35
24 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae 1.71
25 Ficus glamaruta Moraceae 1.71
26 Ficus religiosa Moraceae 4.19
27 Gliricidiasepium Fabaceae 8.16
28 Gmelinaarborea Verbinaceae 2.10
29 Grevillearobusta Proteaceae 3.26
30 Hardwickiabinata Fabaceae 4.58
31 Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae 6.91
32 Jacaranda mimosifolia Bignoniaceae 7.00
33 Leucaenalatisiqua Fabaceae 0.39
34 Limoniaacidissima Rutaceae 3.03
35 Mangiferaindica Anacardiaceae 4.35
36 Peltophorumpterocarpum Fabaceae 4.74
37 Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae 3.42
38 Phyllanthusemblica Phyllanthaceae 3.81
39 Plumeria alba Apocyanaceae 1.32
40 Pongamiapinnata Fabaceae 5.52
41 Pterocarpusreticulatum Fabaceae 6.45
42 Samaneasaman Fabaceae 8.23
43 Santalum album Santalaceae 4.74
44 Syziziumcumini Myrtaceae 2.10
45 Tamarindusindica Fabaceae 4.19
46 Terminaliabellarica Combretaceae 4.74
47 Thespesiapopulnea Malvaceae 6.45
48 Wrightiatinctoria Apocyanaceae 5.52
Table 5: Importance Value Index (IVI) of shrub species recorded in proposed

Project site
Sl. No Shrubs Family IVI

1 Bougainvillea glabra Nyctaginaceae 20.44
2 Calotropisprocera Asclipiadiaceae 3.13
3 Calotropisgigantea Asclipiadiaceae 4.81
4 Carissa caranda Apocyanaceae 3.97
5 Dodonaeaviscosa Sapindaceae 10.04
6 Grewiabracteata Proteaceae 8.57
7 Holopteliaintegrifolia Ulmaceae 5.02
8 Jatrophaglandulifera Euphorbiaceae 3.35
9 Kingeodendronpinnata Euphorbiaceae 29.21
10 Kirganelliareticulata Euphorbiaceae 2.93
11 Lantana camera Verbinaceae 2.30
12 Morindacoreia Rubiaceae 19.84
13 Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae 20.64
14 Randiadumetorum Rubiaceae 33.57
15 Vitexnigundo Lamiaceae 11.06
16 Zizupusmauritiana Rhanaceae 10.04
Table 6: Importance Value Index (IVI) of Herb species recorded in proposed
Project site
Sl. No. Herbs Family IVI

1 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae 4.18
2 Acalyphaindica Euphorbiaceae 0.63
3 Aeschynomeneindica Fabaceae 5.34
4 Achyranthesaspera Amaranthaceae 3.11
5 Aervajavanica Amaranthaceae 0.87
6 Aervalanata Amaranthaceae 5.00
7 Alternatheraficodea Amaranthaceae 7.04
8 Amaranthusspinosus Amaranthaceae 0.34
9 Amaranthusvirdis Amaranthaceae 1.97
10 Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae 7.14
11 Ammaniabaccifera Amaranthaceae 0.51
12 Andrographispaniculata Achynthaceae 0.60
13 Andropogamcitratum Poaceae 7.01
14 Andropogan martini Poaceae 0.60
15 Andropoganmuricatum Poaceae 1.42
16 Andropogonpumilus Poaceae 0.92
17 Argemonemexicana Papavaraceae 0.87
18 Argyreiaspeciosa Convovvulaceae 0.96
19 Aristidadepressa Poaceae 3.24
20 Aristolochiaindica Aristolochiaceae 0.51
21 Artemisia abaensis Asteraceae 4.13
22 Asparagus racemos Asparagaceae 4.60
23 Asparagus recipes Asparagaceae 4.79
24 Balanophoraindica Balanophoraceae 2.98
25 Barleriaacuminata Achynthaceae 0.51
26 Brassica juncea Brassicaceae 1.80
27 Capparispyrifolia Capparidaceae 0.74
28 Celoisaargenta Amaranthaceae 1.24
29 Chenopodiummurale Chenopodiaceae 0.84
30 Chlorisgayana Poaceae 3.13
31 Chromolaena odorata Asteraceae 0.74
32 Cissusquadrangularis Vitaceae 0.78
33 Clitoriaternata Fabaceae 0.41
34 Commelinadiffusa Commelinaceae 4.18
35 Commmelinabenghalensis Commelinaceae 0.28
36 Commmelinasubulata Commelinaceae 0.50
37 Convolvulus batatus Convolvulusceae 2.96
38 Crotolariajuncea Fabaceae 1.66
39 Crotolariapaniculata Fabaceae 1.74
40 Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae 0.96
41 Croton sparsiflorus Morong Euphorbiaceae 1.51
42 Cyanotisarachnoidea Commelinaceae 0.92
43 Cyanotisaxillaris Commelinaceae 3.35
44 Cymbopogoncoloratus Poaceae 0.96
45 Cymbopogonflexuosus Poaceae 0.96
46 Cynodondactylon Poaceae 3.68
47 Cyperusarticulatus Cyperaceae 2.14
48 Cyperuscorymbosus Cyperaceae 0.41
49 Cyperuscyperoides Cyperaceae 4.86
50 Cyperusdigitatus Cyperaceae 0.28
51 Cyperuspumilus Cyperaceae 1.12
52 Cyperusrotundus Cyperaceae 3.47
53 Dactylocteniumaegyptium Poaceae 0.74
54 Daturametel L. Solanceae 0.60
55 Desmodiumheterocarpon Fabaceae 1.80
56 Dichanthiumcaricosum Poaceae 3.21
57 Digitarialongifolia Poaceae 0.60
58 Dioscoriabulbifera Dioscoriaceae 1.56
59 Eragrositsdiarrhena Poaceae 0.92
60 Eragrostisaspera Poaceae 0.69
61 Eragrostispilosa Poaceae 4.09
62 Ericaulonquinquangulare Eriocaulaceae 0.41
63 Ericholaprocera Eriocaulaceae 0.20
64 Euphobiaantiquorum Euphorbiaceae 0.28
65 Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae 3.09
66 Euphorbia pulcherrima Euphorbiaceae 0.51
67 Fimbristylisovata Cyperaceae 0.60
68 Gloriosasuperba Colchicaceae 1.95
69 Hyptissuaveolens Lamiaceae 1.61
70 Impatience balsamina Balsamaceae 0.90
71 Indigoferaglabra Fabaceae 1.24
72 Ipomoea purpurea Convolvulaceae 0.74
73 Malvasylvestris Malvaceae 0.87
74 Mimosa pudica Fabaceae 0.60
75 Mitracarpus hirtus Rubiaceae 4.18
76 Momordicacharantia Cucurbitaceae 0.64
77 Monochoriavaginalis Potenderiaceae 0.41
78 Nelumbiumspeciosum Nymphaeaceae 3.00
79 Nymphoearobra Nymphaeaceae 0.74
80 Ornithogalum umbellatum Asparagaceae 1.70
81 Oscimumsantalum Lamiaceae 0.90
82 Panicum maximum Poaceae 3.56
83 Panicummontarum Poaceae 0.00
84 Panicumtrypheron Poaceae 0.15
85 Partheniumhysterophorus Asteraceae 0.78
86 Phyllanthusindofischeri Phyllanthaceae 0.66
87 Phyllanthus simplex Phyllanthaceae 0.60
88 Sidacordifolia Malvaceae 3.04
89 Tribulusterrestris Zygophyllaceae 1.61
90 Tridaxprocumbens Asteraceae 3.71
91 Tripogonbromoides Poaceae 0.79
Table 7: Mammals recorded and reported for project site
Sl.
Common Name Scientific Name Conservation status
No.
1 Bandicoot Rat Bandicootaindica Common
2 Black napped Hare Lepusnigricollis Common
3 Common House rat Rattusrattus Common
4 Common Langur Prebytus entellus Common
5 House mouse Musmusculus common
6 Indian false vampire Megadermalyra Common
7 Indian Pangolin Maniscrasscaudata Common
9 Jungle cat FelisChaus Common
10 Wild Boar Susscrofa Common
Source: IUCN/Red data books: Schedule 1 of Wildlife protection Act, 1972: Karnataka Forest
Department and Zoological survey of India records
Table 8: Avi-fauna recorded and reported for the project site
Sl.
Common Name Scientific name
No.
1 Ashy crowned sparrow-lark Eremopterixgrisea
2 Ashy prinia Priniasocialis
3 Asian brown flycatcher Musicapadaurica
4 Asian Koel Eudynamysscolopacea
5 Bar-headed Goose Anserindicus*
6 Baya weaver Placeusphillippinus
7 Black drongo Dicrurusmacrocereus
8 Black headed Ibis Threskiornismelanocephalus*
9 Black kite Milvusmigrans
10 Brahminy starling Sturnuspagodarum
11 Cattle egret Bulbulcus ibis*
12 Comb duck Sarkidiornismelanotus*
13 Common babbler Turdoidesoffinis
14 Common myna Acridotherestristis
15 Common Redshank Tringa tetanus*
16 Common snipe Galinagogallinago*
17 Common tailer bird Orthotomussutorius
18 Common teal Anascrecca*
19 Demoiselle Crane (Hovering) Grusvirgo*
20 Eurasian collared dove Streptopeliadecaocto
21 Great egret Cameroidesalbus*
22 Great tit Parus major
23 Greater Coucal Centropussinensis
24 Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterusruber*
25 Green sandpiper Tringaochropus*
26 Indian robin Saxicoloidesfulicata
27 Little cormorant Phalacrocoraxniger*
28 Little egret Egrettagarzetta*
29 Purple Heron Ardeapurpurea*
*Wetland based birds
Source: IUCN/Red data books: Schedule 1 of Wildlife protection Act, 1972; Karnataka forest
Department and, Zoological survey of India; Salim Ali, 1940; Birds of the Indian Sub-continent
by Richard Grimettet al. 1999
Table 9: Butterflies reported and recorded for the project site
Sl. Conservation
Common name Scientific name
No. Status *
1 Blue Pansy Junonialemonias Rare
2 Blue Tiger Paranticaaglea Common
3 Bush brown Mycakesis sp. Common
4 Common castor Ariadne merione Common
5 Common crow Euploea core Common
6 Common crow Euploea core Common
7 Great egg fly Hypolimnasmissipus Rare
8 White orange tip Ixias marianne Common
9 Yellow pansy Junoniahierta Common
Source: IUCN/Red data books: Schedule 1 of Wildlife protection Act, 1972:Karnataka Forest
Department and Zoological Survey of India.
Table 10: Reptiles and Amphibians reported for the project site
Conservation
Sl.NO. Common name Scientific name
Status *
Reptiles
1 Rock Gecko Hemidactylus maculates Common
2 Indian Chamaeleon Chamaeleonzeylanicus Rare
3 Monitor Lizard Varanusbengalensis Common
4 Spectacled cobra Najanaja Rare
5 Russels’s viper Viperarusseli Common
6 Peninsular rock agama Psammophilusdorsalis Common
7 Rat snake Ptyasmucisus Common
8 Cobra Najanaja Endangered
Amphibians
9 Southern Hill toad Bufomicrotympanum Common
10 Common Indian toad Bufomelanosticus Common
Source: IUCN/Red data books: Schedule 1 of Wildlife protection Act, 1972:Karnataka Forest
Department and Zoological Survey of India
ANNEXURE-7
ANNEXURE – 7 AQUATIC ECOLOGY
TABLE 1 – Physico Chemical analysis of Krishna River water at Lift Point
Sl.No. Parameters 24.02.2016 22.03.2016 26.06.2016 20.09.2016 DL PL

1 Weather BSL BSL BSL Cloudy
2 Colour Clear Clear Clear Clear
3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless
4 Temperature Air (ºc) 33.2 34.5 29.0 29.0
Water (ºc) 30.0 28.0 26.5 25.8
5 Turbidity (NTU) 1.43 1.7 1.57 9.56 1 5
6 pH 8.2 7.4 8.2 8.0 6.5 8.5
7 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L) 6.5 4.7 5.9 5.4
8 Total Hardness (mg/L) 580.0 740.0 216.0 72.0 200 600
9 Total Alkalinity (mg/L) 240.0 230.0 124.0 68.0 200 600
10 Free Ammonia (mg/L) 0.24 ND ND 0.23 0.5
11 Free Carbon – di – oxide (mg/L) ND ND ND ND
12 Phosphate (mg/L) 0.07 0.06 0.12 0.17 0.02 0.2
13 Nitrate (mg/L) BDL 0.32 5.47 2.66 45
14 Silicate (mg/L) 9.19 1.83 4.12 0.54
15 Iron (mg/L) BDL 0.10 1.42 0.78 0.3
16 Potassium (mg/L) 4.4 -- 0.8 0.8
17 Calcium (mg/L) 72.0 -- 35.2 16.8 75 200
18 Specific conductivity 1230.0 2200.0 583.0 176.0
(micromhos/cm)
Note: DL – Desirable Limit

PL – Permissible Limit
Table – 2: qualitative, quantitative and percentage composition of the plankton
constituents of the Krishna river, Ainapur, Athani Taluk, Belagavi District
24.02.2016 22.03.2016 26.06.2016 20.09.2016

Systematic Status
Nos,/1 - % Nos,/1 - % Nos,/1 - % Nos,/1 - %
PHYTOPLANKTON 96/27.59 6/3.06 362/47.32 240/35.93
Division Myxophyceae
Family Chroococcaceae
Genus Anacystis Meneghini
1. Ancystiscyanea (Kutzing) - - 47/6.14 -
Drought & Daily
Family OSCILLATORIACEAE
Genus Oscillatoria Vaucher
2. Oscillatoria princeps (Vaucher) 20/5.75 - 123/16.08 43/6.43
Division Chlorophyta
Class Chlorophyceae
Order Volvocales
Family VOLVOCACEAE
Genus Pandorina Bory
3. Pandorina charkowiensis Korsh - - 18/2.35 3/0.44
Order chlrococcales
Family COELASTRACEAE
Genus Coelastrum Nageli
4. Coelastrum chodati Ducell - - 23/3.01 38/5.68
Family HYDRODICTYACEAE
Genus Pediastrum Meyer
5. Pediastrum duplex lagerheim - - - 3/0.44
Family OOCYSTACEAE
Genus Chlororella Beijerinck
6. Chlorella vulgaris Beijerinck - - - 1/0.14
Family SCENEDESMACEAE
Genus Scenedesmus Meyen
7. Scenedesmusdenticulatus -
- - 6/0.78
Lagerheim
Order Zygnematales
Family DESMIDIACEAE
Genus Closterium Nitzsch
8. Closteriumleibeinii Kutzing - - - 5/0.74
Genus Cosmarium Corda
9. Cosmariumgranatum Brebissen - - - 6/0.90
Family ZYGNEMATACEAE
Genus Spirogyra Link
10. Spirogyra varians (hassal) Kutzing - 4/2.04 - 13/1.94
Order Ulotrichales
Family ULOTRICHASCEAE
Genus Ulothrix Kutzing
11. Ulothrixzonata (web et. Mohr.) 48/7.18
- 2/1.02 102/13.33
Kutzing
Order Cladophorales
Family CLADOPHORACEAE
Genus Cladophora Kutzing
12. Cladophoraglomerata (L.) Kutzing - - 3/0.39 8/1.19
Division Chrysophyta
Class Bacillariophyceae
Order Bacillariales
Suborder Discinae
Family COSCINODISCACEAE
Subfamily Melosiroideae
Genus Melosira Kutzing
13. Melosiraanbigua (Grun.) Mull. - - - 1/0.14
Suborder Araphidineae
Family FRAGILARIACEAE
Subfamily Meridioneideae
Genus Diatoma Grun.
14. Diatomavulgare Bory. - - 6/0.78 -
Subfamily Fragilarioideae
Genus Asterionella Hass.
15. Asterionella Formosa Hass. 30/8.62 - - -
Genus Fragilaria Lyngb.
16. Fragilariacapucina Desmazieres 36/10.35 - - 38/5.69
Genus Synedra Her.
17. Synedra ulna (Nitzsch) Her. - - 6/0.78 22/3.29
Suborder Biraphidineae
Family NAVICULACEAE
Subfamily Naviculoideae
Genus Gyrosigma Hass.
18. Gyrosigmakutzingii (Grun.) Cl. 10/2.87 - 13/1.70 -
Genus Navicula Bory
19. Navicularadiosa Kutz. - - 3/0.39 12/1.80
Family CYMBELLACEAE
Subfamily Cymbelloideae
Genus Cymbella Ag.
20. Cymbellacistula (Hempr. &Ehr.) - - 8/1.05 -
Family SURIRELLACEAE
Subfamily Surerelloideae
Genus Surirella Turp.
21. Surirellastriatula Turp. - - 4/0.52 -
ZOOPLANKTON 222/63.79 180/91.81 403/52.68 408/64.07
Class Granulo-reticulosa
Order Testacoelobosa
Suborder Amastigogenina
Family ARCELLIDAE
Genus Arcella Ehrenberg
22. Arcellamitrata Leidy 2/0.57 - 11/1.44 3/0.45
Suborder Reticulo-lobosa
Family DIFFLUGIIDAE
Genus Difflugia Lecleerc
23. Difflugia corona Wallich - - 7/0.92 1/0.15
Class Monogononta
Order Ploima
Family BRACHIONIDAE
Subfamily Barachioninae
Genus Brachionus Pallas
24. Brachionuscalcyflorus Pallas 80/22.99 20/10.20 78/10.20 8/1.20
Keratella Bory de St.
Genus
Vincent
25. Keratellatropica (Apstin) 70/20.12 - 23/3.01 28/4.19
Order Flosculariaceae
Family TESTUDINELLIDAE
Genus Filinia Bory de St. Vincent
26. Filinialongiseta (Ehrenberg) 30/8.62 70/35.72 13/1.70 133/19.91
Genus Asplanchna Gosse
27. Asplanchna spp. - 16/8.16 11/1.44 11/1.64
Subclass Branchipoda
Superorder Diplostraca Gerstaecker
Order Cladocera Calman
Suborder Eucladocera Eriksson
Superfamily Chydoroidei
Family DAPHNIDAE Straus
Genus Daphnia O. F. Muller
Subgenus Daphnia sensu strict
28. Daphnia magna Straus 10/2.87 17/8.67 152/19.87 139/20.81
Genus Ceriodaphnia Dana
29. Ceriodaphniareticulata (Jurine) - 23/11.74 16/2.09 -
Genus Moina Baird
30. Moina branchiate (Jurine) - - 7/0.92 29/4.34
Genus Bosmina Baird
31. Bosminalongirostris (O.F. Muller) - - 3/0.39 31/4.64
Order Ostracoda
Suborder Podocopa
Family CYPRIDAE
Subfamily Cyprinae
Priocypris Brady &
Genus
Norman
32. Cyprissubglobosa Sowerby 30/8.62 7/3.57 33/4.31 7/1.05
Order Copepoda
Family DIAPTOMIDAE
Genus Diaptomus Westwood
33. Cyclops - 20/10.21 12/1.57 38/5.69
34. Nauplius - 7/3.57 37/4.84 -
MISCELLANEOUS 30/8.62 10/5.10 - -
35. Insect remains 30/8.62 10/5.10 - -
Table -3 : Systematic list of the littoral organisms collected from the Krishna River,
Ainapur, Athani taluk, Belagavi district
TAXONOMIC STATUS
INSECTS
Order Ephemeroptera
Family BAETIDAE
Genus Caenis Stephenus
1. Caenis spp.
Genus Cloeon Leach
2. Cloeon spp.
Order Odonata
Suborder Anisoptera
Family AESHNIDAE
Genus Anax Leach
3. Anax spp.
Family LIBELLULIDAE
Subfamily Libellulibnae
4. Urothemissignata (Rambur)
Order Hemiptera
Family GERRIDAE
Subfamily Gerrinae
Genus Geris Fabricius
5. Geris spinolae Leth. &Sev.
Family PLEIDAE
Genus Plea Leach
6. Plea striola Fieber
Family CORIXIDAE
Genus Micronecta
7. Micronectamerope Dist.
MOLLUSCS
Class Gastropoda
Sub-class Prosobranchia
Order Mesogastropda
Family VIVIPARIDAE
Subfamily Bellamyinae
Genus Bellamya Jousseaune
8. Bellamyabengalensis (Lamarck)
Family BITHYNIDAE
Subfamily Bithyninaes.str.
Genus Gabbis Tryon
9. Gabbiastenothyroides (Dohrn)
Family THIARIDAE
Subfamily Thiarinaes. str.
Genus Thiara Roding
Thiaras.str.
10. Thiara (Thiara) scabra (Muller)
Subgenus Melanoides (Oliver)
11. Thiara (Melanoides) tuberculata (Muller)
Family PLANORBIDAE
Subfamily Bulininae
Genus Indoplanorbisannadale & Prashad
12. Indoplanorbisexuctus (Deshayes)
Subfamily Planorbinae
Genus Gyraulus Charpentier
13. Gyraulusconvexiusculus (Hutton)
Class Bivalvia
Subclass Paleoheterodonta
Order Unionida
Family UNIONIDAE
Subfamily Unioninae
Genus Lamellidens Simpson
14. Lamellidenscorianus Lea
15. Lamellidensmarginalis (Lamarck)
Order Veneroida
Family CORBICUIDAE
Genus Carbicula Mergerle von Muechfeld
16. Corbiculastriatella Deshayes
FISH
Order Cypriniformes
Family CYPRINIDAE
Subfamily Dainoninae (=Rasborinae)
Tribe Oxygasterini
Genus Salmostoma Swainson
17. Salmostomaacinaces (Valenciennes)
Tribe Danionini
Genus Rasbora Bleeker
18. Rasboradaniconius (Hamilton – Buchanan)
19. Rasborarasbora (Hamilton – Buchanan)
Genus Amblypharyngodon Bleeker
20.Amblypharyngodonmola (Hamilton – Buchanan)
Tribe Systomini
Subtribe Systomi
Genus Puntius Hamilton – Buchanan
21.Puntinuschola (Hamilton – Buchanan)
22.Puntinussophore (Hamilton – Buchanan)
23. Puntinusticto (Hamilton – Buchanan)
Family BALITORIDAE
Subfamily Nemacheilinae
Genus Nemacheilus Bleeker
24.Nemachelius Anguilla Annanadale
Subfamily Cobitinae
Genus Lepidocephalus Bleeker
25.Lepidocephalusthermalis (Valenciennes)
Order Cyprinodonti formes
Family POECILIDAE
Subfamily Poecilinae
Genus Gambusia Poey
26.Gambusia affinis (Baird & Girard)
Genus Poecilia Bloch
27.Poecilia (Lebistes reticulates Schneider)
Order Perciformes
Suborder Percoidei
Family CHANDIDAE (=AMBASSSIDAE)
Genus Chanda Hamilton- Buchanan
28.Chand nama (Hamilton – Buchanan)
Genus Parambassis Bleeker
29. Parambassisranga (Hamilton- Buchanan)
Suborder Labroide
Family CICHILIDAE
Genus Oreochromis Gunther
30.Oreochromis mossambica (Peters)
Suborder Gobioidei
Family GOBIIDAE
Subfamily Gobinae
Genus Glossogobius gill
31.Glossogobius giurisgiuris (Hamilton – buchanan)
ARTHROPODA
Class Crustacea
Sub class Malacostracea
Order Decapoda
family PALAEMONIDAE
32. Macrobrachium spp.
family POTAMONIDAE
33. Paratelphusa (Barytelphusa) jaquemoniti Rathban
CHORDATA
Class Amphibia
Order Salentia
Suborder phaneroglossa
Family RANIDAE
34.Rana cynophyctes schneieer
Table-4: Systematic list of the fish species of the Krishna River, Ainapur, Athani
taluk, Belagavi district
SYSTEMATIC LIST MAXIMUM MAXIMUM IUCN RED

SIZE SIZE – LIST
ATTAINS OBSERVED 1994
(mm) (mm)
Super - class Gnathostomata
Class Actinopterygii
Sub – class Neopterygii
Division Teleostei
Sub – division Osteglossomorpha
Order Osteoglossiformes
Sub – order Notopteroidei
Family NOTOPTERIDAE
Genus Notopterus Lacepded
1. Notopterusnotopterus (Pallas) 210 97-192 LRnt
Order Cypriniformes
Family CYPRINIDAE
Sub - family Danioninae (=Rasborinae)
Tribe Oxygasterini
Genus Salmostoma Swainson
2. Salmostomaacinaces (Valenciennes) 125 73 LRnt
3. Salmostomanovacula (Valenciennes) 125 79 LRnt
Genus Barilius Hamilton Buchanan
4. Bariliusbarila (Hamilton - Buchanan) 100 74 Vu
Tribe Danionini
Genus Esomus swainson
5. Esomusdanricus (Hamilton - Buchanan) 125 65 LRic
Genus Rasbora Bleeker
6. Rasboradaiconius (Hamilton - Buchanan) 100 63 LRnt
7. Rasborarasbora (Hamilton - Buchanan) 130 61 DD
Genus Amblypharyngodon Bleeker
8. Amblypharyngodonmola (Hamilton - Buchanan) 75 65 LRic
Sub – family Cyprininae
Tribe Cyprinini
Sub – tribe Cyprini
Genus Cyprinus Linnaeus
9. Cyprinus carpio communis Linaeus 1220 331 C
Sub – tribe Tores
Genus Tor Gray
10. Tor khudree (Sykes) 1450 391 CR
Tribe Systomini
Sub – tribe Osteobramae
Genus Osteobrama Heckle
11. Osteobrama cotio peninsularis silas 160 61-69 DD
12. Osteobrama vigorsii (Sykes) 230 87 LRnt
Sub - tribe Systomi
Genus Puntius Hamilton - Buchanan
13. Puntius amphibious (Valenciennes) 150 129 LRnt
14. Puntiuschola (Hamilton - Buchanan) 125 69 Vu
15. Puntiuspulchellus (Day) 780 279 En
16. Puntiussaranasarana (Hamilton - Buchanan) 300 117 Vu
17. Puntinussophore (Hamilton - Buchanan) 125 64 LRnt
18. Puntinusticto (Hamilton - Buchanan) 100 61 LRnt
Genus Gonoproktopetrs Bleeker
19. Gonoproktopteruskolus (Sykes) 300 197 En
Tribe Labeonini
Sub – tribe Labeones
Genus Cirrhinus Oken
20. Cirrhinus mriigala (Hamilton - Buchanan) 920 483 LRnt
21. Cirrhinus reba (Hamilton - Buchanan) 300 219 Vu
Genus Catle Valenciennes
22. Catlecatle (Hamilton - Buchanan) 1830 347 LRnt
Genus Labeo cuvier
23. Labeo bata (Hamilton - Buchanan) 610 297 LRnt
24. Labeo calbasu (Hamilton - Buchanan) 920 331 LRnt
25. Labeo fimbriatus (Bloch) 460 211 LRnt
26. Labeo pangusia (Hamilton - Buchanan) 600 210 LRnt
27. Labeo potail (skyes) 250 118 DD
28. Labeo rohita (Hamilton - Buchanan) 920 520 LRnt
Sub – family Oreiniae (=Schizothoracinae)
Genus Garra Hamilton - buchanan
29. Garra gotyla stenorhynchus (Jerdon) 150 129 En
Family BALITOTIDAE
Sub – family Nemacheilinae
Genus Nemacheilus Bleeker
30. Nemacheilus anguilla Annandale 50 33 DD
Genus Nemachilichtys Day
31. Nemachilichthys rueppelli (Sykes) 115 79 DD
Sub – family Cobitinae
Genus Lepidocephalus Bleeker
32. Lepidocephalus thermalis (Valenciennes) 80 59 DD
Order Siluriformes
Family BAGRIDAE
Sub – family Ririnae
Genus Rita Bleeker
33. Rita gogra (Sykes) 200 89 DD
34. Rita pavimentata (Valenciennes) 260 109 En
Sub – family Bagrinae
Genus Mystus Scopoli
35. Mystuscavasius (Hamilton - Buchanan) 450 335 LRnt
Genus Sperata Wu
36. Sperataaor (Hamilton - Buchanan) 1800 559 LRnt
37. Sperataseenghala (Sykes) 1500 847 LRnt
Family SILURIDAE
Genus Ompok Laceped
38. Ompok bimaculatus (Bloch) 300 110 En
Genus Wallago Bleeker
39. Wallago attu (Schneider) 1830 223 LRnt
Family SCHEILBEIDAE
Sub – family Scheilbinae
Genus Neotropius Kulkarni
40. Neotrpius khavalchor Kulkarni 150 81 - 86 DD
Family CLARIDAE
Genus Clarias Scopoli
41. Clarias batrachus Linnaeus 450 271 Vu
Family HETEROPNEUSTIDAE
Genus Heterpneustes Muller
42. Heteropnuestes fossilis (Bloch) 300 117 Vu
Super – order Acanthopterygii
Series Atherinomorpha
Order Cyprinodontiformes
Family POECILIDAE
Sub – family Poecilinae
Genus Gambusia Poey
43. Gambusia affinis (Baird & Girard) 60 53 C
Genus Poecilia Bloch
44. Pocilia (Lebistes) reticulatus Schneider 30M 23 C
60F 49 C
Order Synbranchiformes
Sub – order Mastacembeloidei
Family MASTACEMBELIDAE
Sub – family Mastacembelinae
genus Mastacembelus Scopoli
45. Mastacembelus armatus (Lacepded) 610 134-339 LRnt
Order Perciformes
Sub – order Percoidei
Family CHANDIDAE (=AMBASSIDAE)
Genus Chanda Hamilton – Buchanan
46. Chanda nama Hamilton - Buchanan 100 63 LRnt
Genus Parambassis Bleeker
47. Parambassis ranga (Hamilton - Buchanan) 100 59 LRnt
Sub – order Labroidei
Family CICHLIDAE
Genus Oreochromis Gunther
48. Oerochromis mossambica (peters) 220 57-63 C
Sub – order Gobiodei
Family GOBIIDAE
Genus Glossogobius Gill
49. Glossogobius giruis giuris (Hamilton - Buchanan) 230 101-161 LRnt
Sub – order Channoidei
Family CHANNIDAE
Genus Channa Scopoli
50. Channa marulius (Hamilton - Buchanan) 1120 347 LRnt
51. Channa orientalis (Schneider) 330 167 Vu
52. Channa striatus (Bloch) 920 509 LRic
NOTE: C= Common; EN= Endangered; Vu= Vulnerable; LRNt= Lower Risk – Near threatened;
LRic= Lower risk – least concern; M= Male; F=Female
ANNEXURE-8
ANNEXURE – 8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC QUESTIONER
SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

1.Name of the village : - 2.Revenue Survey No. of Property
3.Name and address of the owner of the property :- 4. How many owners are there? Name them
5.Land use pattern (Tick relevant columns in case of different use )
Agricultural Residential Commercial Fallow land Government land
6.Is there any building in the property--- Yes / No
If yes details-  applicable from below
Hut with mud Stone brick Stone brick Cement plastered Cement Multi storied
walls wall and tiled walled and walls with tiled roof plastered building
roof asbestos/tin concrete roof
roof
7.Ownership details Owner Tenant Encroacher Squatter
 applicable
8. Occupation of the owner of the property: agriculture/ shop owner/ labourer/ private job/ Govt job /
professionals
9. The property is owned by: -  applicable from below
Women Disabled person Chronic ill person BPL family
1
10. Household Member Information
Monthly
SL Relation
Relationship status Age M/F Education Occupation income
NO with HoF
1 Head of the family(HoF)

2
3
4
5
6
7
11. Religion and caste:
Name of Religion :- Name of Caste:-

Do they belong to SC? ST? OBC?
High caste?
12. Other affected Assets (if any) in the land:
Assets Affected Units (No /details)

Water pumping out units
Wells
Hand pumps
Water tap
Any other: (details)
13. Total loss in owners view:
Expected Cost of item Details of cost

loss
1. Expected cost of land ,lost
2. Expect cost of constructions ,lost
3. Loss from other immovable properties
in the land
4. Expected income lost (annual)
TOTAL
Name and signature of the person conducting survey
Date of survey
2
Consultants
l
Environmental Health & Safety Consultants Pvt. Ltd

No. 13/2, First Main Road, Near Fire Station,
Industrial
d i l Town, Rajajinagar,
j ji Bangalore
l - 560010, Karnataka.
k
(accredited by QCI - NABET)
P +91 80 23012100 / www.ehsc.in

EIA KNNL Athani Belgavi 10012017

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

EIA KNNL Athani Belgavi 10012017

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

KARNATAKA NEERAVARI NIGAM LIMITED

(A Government of Karnataka Enterprise)

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

BASAVESHWARA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY CONSULTANTS PVT LTD

DOCUMENT NO. EHSC/KNNL/BLIS

Rev. No Date Purpose

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd ii EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd iv EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd v EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd vi EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

MOEF Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

Chapter 1. Introduction ............................................................................................... 1.1

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd ix EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

3.2.5.7 Hydrogeology ......................................................................................3.15

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd x EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

4.1.2 Noise Environment .....................................................................................4.10

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xi EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

7.6.1 Impact of Land Acquisition..........................................................................7.10

Table 7.7Literacy status of the people in project villages ............................................... 7.6

Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Ltd xv EHS Consultants Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru

Fig 2.1 Location map of BLIS on SoI toposheet ............................................................. 2.6

Fig 7.6 Interaction with PAPs and KNNL officials ..........................................................7.12

Annexure-1 ToRs accorded by MoEF

Annexure-2 Command Area map and project drawings

Annexure-3 Hydrology and geology related Annexures

Annexure-4 Surface and Ground water quality results

Annexure-5 Soil Quality Analysis results

Annexure-6 Ecology and Biodiversity related Annexures

Annexure-7 Aquatic Ecology related Annexures

Annexure-8 Socio-economic survey questionnaire

1.2 Brief Description of the Project and its Importance to the

1.3 Need for the Study

1.4 Scope of the EIA

 To delineate proposed pollution control measures and accordingly formulating

1.5 Components of EIA

1.6 Approach and Methodology

Chapter 2. Project Description

2.2 Present proposal

Fig 2.1 Location map of BLIS on SoI toposheet

Fig 2.2 Google view of lift point and Krishna River

Fig 2.3 Schematic diagram of BLIS

2.2.1 Water availability

Table 2.4 Existing cropping pattern in the command area

9 Agrani – Ingalgaon 20 Shirur

Fig 2.5 Command area photographs

No. of Pumps 10 + 2 standby

2.2.7 Natural Catastrophes in

Table 2.9 Benefit-cost ratio for BLIS

Chapter 3.Baseline Environment Scenario

3.1 Study area

3.2 Physical Environment

Dec 2015 to Aug 2016

Dec 2015 to Feb 2016

March 2016 to May 2016

June2016 to Aug 2016

3.2.3 Ambient Air Quality

Table 3.2 Details of AAQM parameters with analysis methodology12

One month per

NO2 Nitrogen Di Oxide Jacob & Hochheisser

Fig 3.2 Location of AAQM stations on study area map

Table 3.4 Results of Particulate Matter (PM10)

Fig 3.3 Graph showing PM10 trends